Canadian Cancer Registry System Guide – 2009 Edition
Part II – Data Loading and Tabulation Master Files
Introduction
0.1 Canadian Cancer Registry Overview
0.2 CCR System Guide Document Organization
0.3 Part II Document Organization – Data Loading and TMF
0.4 Changes to the CCR Data Loading and TMF for the 2007 and 2008 Reference Years
0.5 Contacts in Statistics Canada
Chapter 3 – Data Loading
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Data Importing
3.3 Data Conditioning
3.4 Validation Edits
3.5 Correlation Edits
3.6 Match Edits
3.7 Data Posting
Chapter 4 – Tabulation Master Files
4.1 Description
4.2 Scope
4.3 Content and layout
4.4 Derived variable calculations
4.5 Confidentiality
Appendices
Appendix C – AJCC TNM reference tables
Appendix D – Multiple primary tumour rules for CCR
Appendix E – Interval and mean times between dates
Appendix F – Auxiliary tables
Appendix G – Guidelines for reporting grade, differentiation or cell indicator
Appendix H – CCR ambiguous Terms
Appendix I – Guidelines for abstracting and determining Death Certificate Only (DCO) Cases for Provincial/Territorial Cancer Registries (PTCRS) in Canada (for T12 and P18)
Appendix J – Interval between two dates (complete or partial)
Appendix T – Residency guidelines in Canada
Appendix X – CCR_ID Check digit routine
Appendix Z – Reference
Footnotes
Introduction
- Canadian Cancer Registry Overview
- CCR System Guide Document Organization
- Part II Document organization – Data Loading and TMF
- Changes to the CCR Data Loading and TMF for the 2007 and 2008 Reference Years
- Statistics Canada Contacts
0.1 Canadian Cancer Registry Overview
The patient-oriented Canadian Cancer Registry (CCR) evolved from the event-oriented National Cancer Incidence Reporting System (NCIRS). Beginning with cases diagnosed in 1992, incidence figures collected by Provincial and Territorial Cancer Registries (PTCRs) have been reported to the CCR, which is maintained by Statistics Canada. Established as a person-oriented database, the CCR includes mechanisms for updating and clearing death records and is linked to provincial and territorial databases to help track patients across Canada who have been diagnosed with tumours.
0.2 CCR System Guide Document Organization
The CCR System Guide has been separated into three parts to improve access and navigation. Although the three parts are separate, the three documents should be used in conjunction with each other. The different sections of the three-part CCR System Guide often refer to each other. The CCR System Guide is now composed of:
Part I: CCR Data Dictionary provides explanation on the reporting of data, including the scope and detailed information on the input and derived variables.
Part II: CCR Data Loading and Tabulation Master Files provides information on the data loading process, including in-depth descriptions of the various edits performed on the data. Part II also provides information on the Tabulation Master Files, including the scope, content and layout. Part II is followed by several appendices that contain supporting information such as explicit code set tables, guidelines to assist coders and other supportive information.
Part III: CCR Core Reference Tables provides detailed information on the CCR Core Reference Tables such as descriptions of the tables, their usage and any revisions made. Part III is an accompanying document to the Core Reference Tables 2009.xls.
0.3 Part II Document organization – Data Loading and TMF
Chapter 3 – Data loading describes in great detail all the verification performed against reported data prior to their loading into the CCR System. Related business rules, Edit logic and feedback report messages are described for all edits. It also describes the data conditioning and the data posting phase.
Chapter 4 – Tabulation master file describes the main output of the system.
Appendices contain supporting information such as explicit code set tables, guidelines to assist coders, lists of changes from previous versions of the system, etc.
0.4 Changes to the CCR Data Loading and TMF for the 2007 and 2008 Reference Years
Please refer to the relevant section in the System Guide – Data Loading and TMF for more details related to these changes.
Section | Item(s) | Description of change | Effective (reference year) |
---|---|---|---|
3.1.5 | Step 2: Core data items validation | New validation edits added, TVAL53-57 | 2008 |
3.1.5 | Step 7: CS data items validation | New validation edit TVAL52 added in to step | 2007 |
3.1.7 | CS fatal error | CS data item T52 added | 2007 |
3.1.7 | CS error | CS data item T52 added | 2007 |
3.3.1 | Data formatting – Table 22 Impact of data formatting step on tumour data items | New variables added: T53, T54, T55, T56, T57 | 2008 |
New variable added – T52 | 2007 | ||
3.4 | Validation Edits – PVAL6 PVAL7 PVAL8 PVAL9 PVAL13 |
Business rules changed – acceptable accented characters specified | 2007 |
3.4.2 | Tumour validation edits – Table 25 | New Tumour validation edits – TVAL53, TVAL54, TVAL55, TVAL56, TVAL57 | 2008 |
New Tumour validation edit – TVAL52 | 2007 | ||
3.4.2 | Tumour validation edits – TVAL6 |
Business rules changed – acceptable accented characters and special characters specified Edit logic – New edit logic added Feedback report messages – New messages added |
2007 |
3.4.2 | Tumour validation edits –TVAL8 | Business rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages added – SGC 2006 | 2006 |
3.4.2 | Tumour validation edits – TVAL9 |
Business rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages added – Census tract effective date range ended in 2005. For 2006 onwards T9 must be blank | 2006 |
3.4.2 | Tumour validation edits – TVAL27 TVAL28 TVAL29 TVAL30 TVAL31 TVAL32 TVAL33 TVAL34 TVAL35 TVAL36 TVAL37 TVAL38 TVAL39 TVAL40 TVAL41 |
Referenced fields, Business rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages updated: now using recommended version of AJCC CS algorithm | 2007 |
3.4.2 | Tumour validation edits – TVAL52 |
New validation edit added | 2007 |
3.4.2 | Tumour validation edits – TVAL53 TVAL54 TVAL55 TVAL56 TVAL57 |
New validation edits added | 2008 |
3.5.2 | Tumour correlation edits – Table 27 | New correlation edits – TCOR26, TCOR27 | 2008 |
3.5.2 | Tumour correlation edits – Table 27 | New correlation edits – TCOR13 | 2007 |
3.5.2 | Tumour correlation edits – TCOR1 | Referenced fields, Business rules, edit logic changed – new data items added T53, T54, T55, T56, T57 | 2008 |
Referenced fields, Business rules, edit logic changed – new data items added T52 | 2007 | ||
3.5.2 | Tumour correlation edits – TCOR3 | Business rules and Edit logic changed: includes combinations where census tract indicates area outside CMA | 2006 |
3.5.2 | Tumour correlation edits – TCOR10 TCOR11 |
Referenced fields, Business rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages changed: Verification now includes Date of diagnosis. | 2007 |
3.5.2 | Tumour correlation edits – TCOR13 | New correlation edit added | 2007 |
3.5.2 | Tumour correlation edits – TCOR18 | Referenced fields and Edit logic updated: T52 added as a new CS variable | 2007 |
3.5.2 | Tumour correlation edits – TCOR26, TCOR27, TCOR29 – TCOR35 | New correlation edits | 2008 |
3.6.3 | Data item match edits – DIM6 |
Revision – Edit no longer used after 2006 | 2006 |
3.7.2 | Add tumour record processing – CS data items | Added new data item T52 | 2007 |
3.7.7 | Patient derived variable calculation | PD7 – Name of variable changed | 2007 |
4.2 | Table 24 – Scope - topography codes from ICD-O-2 and ICD-O-3 considered a single site in the definition of multiple cancers | Topography group added: C38.4 | 2007 |
4.3 | Table 36 TMF record layout | Addition/deletion of variable – T52 CS version 1st added TD20 deleted | 2007 |
PD7 – Variable acronym changed New variables added – T53 to T57 |
2008 | ||
4.3 | Table 37 – Derived variable calculations at TMF time | PD2 – Vital status now derived at TMF time | 2007 |
Appendices | Appendices – Appendix A moved to Part III of system guide. | Appendix A now included in Part III of system guide | 2008 |
Additions to Appendices | Appendix H now includes T53 Appendix I now includes P18 |
2008 | |
Table 50 – updated table | Updated stage group II with T1a, T1b and T1c | 2008 | |
New Appendices added to system guide | New Appendices Appendix G – Grade, differentiation or cell indicator guidelines Appendix H - CCR Ambiguous Terms Appendix I – Guidelines for abstracting and determining death certificate only (DCO) cases for PTCRs in Canada |
2007 | |
Appendix J – Interval between two dates (complete or partial) | 2008 | ||
Appendices deleted from system guide | Appendix Y - Removed and replaced with Section 0.4 Changes to the CCR Data Loading and TMF for the 2007 and 2008 reference years | 2008 | |
Appendix Z - References | Updates to several references | 2007 |
- Additional updates have been made; however, only the changes that require action on the part of the PTCRs have been included in this table.
- Note that changes effective in the 2006 reference year have also been included here.
0.5 Statistics Canada Contacts
PTCRs employees are encouraged to bring forward any questions by contacting one of the following:
Colette Brassard
Section Chief
Operations and Integration Division
Statistics Canada
Tel: (613) 951-7282
Fax: (613) 951-0709
Kim Boyuk
Chief, Cancer Statistics
Health Statistics Division
Statistics Canada
Tel: (613) 951-2510
Fax: (613) 951-0792
Hollie Anderson
Manager, Canadian Cancer Registry
Health Statistics Division
Statistics Canada
Tel: (613) 951-0757
Fax: (613) 951-0792
Chapter 3 – Data loading
- Data importing
- Data conditioning
- Data editing
- Data posting
3.1 Introduction
The data loading process is done in 4 distinct phases:
1. Data importing: Reads in input patient and tumour record files and breaks them down into separate data items using the proper record layout.
2. Data conditioning: Formats the data, filters the old classification data, computes some missing input variables and adjusts the laterality code. This phase alters the reported data.
3. Data editing: Identifies errors in input records and provides sufficient feedback to correct them. This phase does not alter the data. The documentation about this phase has been divided into 3 sections:
- Validations edits,
- Correlation edits,
- Match edits.
4. Data posting: Computes some derived variables, transfers valid data in the CCR database and generates additional reports.
Since the data editing is the most complex phase of the overall process, the remaining pages of the introduction present its key components. An overview of the overall data loading process is also presented at the end of the introduction.
3.1.1 Business rules
The main purpose of the edit process is to enforce a given number of rules on the CCR Data items. Some rules are related to the subject matter (subject matter rules) whereas some others are related to the transmission of data between the PTCR and Statistics Canada (transactional rules). The expression "Business rules" has been retained to express both subject matter and transactional rules that apply to the CCR System.
3.1.2 Edits and sub-edits
Each individual edit in the CCR system enforces a set of related business rules. For the purpose of reporting, an edit may be divided into sub-edits in order to provide more detailed feedback. Thus, each Sub-edit has its own logic and message.
3.1.3 Edit logic
Edit logic are logical expressions that can be evaluated to true or false. They are built from data item names, operators and functions. The principal language elements are described in the following tables.
Operator | Syntax and meaning |
---|---|
AND | expr1 AND expr2 The expression is true if and only if both expr1 and expr2 are true, otherwise the expression is false. |
OR | expr1 OR expr2 The expression is true whenever expr1 or expr2 is true, otherwise the expression is false. |
NOT | NOT expr1 The expression is true only if it does not equal expr1, otherwise the expression is false. |
Operator | Syntax and meaning |
---|---|
<> | Expr1 <> expr2 Assesses whether expr1 is different from expr2. |
= | Expr1 = expr2 Assesses whether expr1 is equal to expr2. |
> | Expr1 > expr2 Assesses whether expr1 is greater than expr2. |
>= | Expr1 >= expr2 Assesses whether expr1 is greater than or equal to expr2. |
< | Expr1 < expr2 Assesses whether expr1 is less than expr2. |
<= | Expr1 <= expr2 Assesses whether expr1 is less than or equal to expr2. |
BETWEEN | Expr1 BETWEEN (expr2, expr3) Assesses whether expr1 is greater than or equal to expr2 and less than or equal to expr3. |
LIKE | Expr1 LIKE expr2 Assesses whether expr1 complies with expr2 pattern. Expr2 may contain Underscore (_) and percent (%) characters which stand respectively for any single character and any number (including 0) of characters. Ex: ‘951-5555' LIKE ‘951-_ _ _ _' is true. EX: ‘951-5555' LIKE ‘653-_ _ _ _' is false. |
Function | Syntax and meaning |
---|---|
AVERAGE | AVERAGE (X1, X2, ..., Xn) Returns the arithmetic mean of X: X1+X2+...+Xn / n. This function ignores NULL values. |
BLANK | BLANK(x1) Returns x1 blank character(s). |
CALCULATE_CCR_CHECK_DIGIT | CALCULATE_CCR_CHECK_DIGIT (str1) Returns a CCR_ID check digit based on str1. |
CONTAINS_WORD | CONTAINS_WORD (str1, str2, x1) Assesses whether str1 contains a word of at least x1 character(s) from str2. |
IS_COMPOSED_OF | IS_COMPOSED_OF (str1, str2) Assesses whether str1 is only composed of characters from str2. |
IS_VALID_DATE | IS_VALID_DATE (str1) Assesses whether str1 is a calendar date. |
LENGTH | LENGTH (str1) Returns the length of str1 including trailing blanks. |
UPPER | UPPER (str1) Returns str1 where letters and accented characters are converted to their uppercase equivalent. Special characters and numbers remain the same. |
Operator | Syntax and meaning |
---|---|
|| | str1 || str2 Returns a unique string containing str1 and str2 concatenated (juxtaposed). |
Operator and symbol | Syntax and meaning |
---|---|
[] | [Expr1,...] [A-Z] [A] Indicates an explicit list of values, a range of values or set of values known as Set A. |
IN | expr1 IN [A] Assesses whether expr1 is included in Set A. |
3.1.4 Edit families and groups
For ease of use, edits have been grouped into families and groups depending on the scope of the business rules they enforce. There are 3 families:
- Validation edits: Enforce business rules on each individual field.
- Correlation edits: Enforce business rules between valid fields on the same input record.
- Match edits: Enforce business rules between valid fields on different records.
The following table describes the scope of each edit group.
Family | Group | Scope |
---|---|---|
Validation | Patient validation (PVAL) | Enforce business rules on Patient fields. |
Tumour validation (TVAL) | Enforce business rules on Tumour fields. | |
Correlation | Patient correlation (PCOR) | Enforce business rules between valid Patient fields. |
Tumour correlation (TCOR) | Enforcebusiness rules between valid Tumour fields. | |
Match | Key input match (KIM) | Ensure that Input patient and Tumour records respect the submission rules in terms of matching keys. |
Hey base match (KBM) | Ensure that Input patient and Tumour records respect the actual state of the CCR in terms of matching keys. | |
Data item match (DIM) | Enforce the business rules between data items (other than keys) found on different records. | |
Pre–posting match (PPM) | Identify error–free4 Input records that cannot be posted to CCR because some other related Input records are either missing or in error. |
3.1.5 Edits order of execution and edit control
Because of the dependencies between the edits, edit processing must respect a given order of execution. Since CS and AJCC TNM data item edits depend on core data items, core data item edits must be done first. For each of the following steps, the number of eligible input records will depend on the outcome of preceding steps.
Step 1: Core data items minimum requirements assessment
The core data items minimum requirements consist of an Input record with a valid record type and date of transmission and no missing core data items (P1-P19 or T1-T26). The following edits must be successful in order to respect the minimum requirements:
- Patient records: PCOR1, PVAL4 and PVAL19.
- Tumour records: TCOR1, TVAL5 and TVAL26.
Step 2: Core data items validation
Remaining core data items validation edits (PVAL1-19, TVAL1-26 and TVAL53-57) can be performed on the Input records that respect the core data items minimum requirements. The following order must be respected:
- PVAL11 before PVAL12;
- PVAL14 before PVAL15 and PVAL17;
- TVAL12 before TVAL8 and TVAL9;
Step 3: Core data items correlation, key input match and key base match edits
These edits are run based on the outcome of the core data item validation edits. That is, for a given edit, only the Input records where all referenced fields have been successfully validated are eligible. (This implies that Input records that do not respect the minimum requirements or that fail a required field validation edit are not eligible.) These edits can be run in any order.
Step 4: Core data item match edits
Those edits can only be performed on Input records that have no core data items errors. A special processing order must be respected. See Section 3.6.3 Data Item Match Edits for details.
Step 5: Core data items pre-posting match edits
Those edits can only be performed on Input records that have no core data items errors. These edits can be run in any order.
Step 6: CS data items minimum requirements assessment
CS data items minimum requirements consist of an input tumour record with valid date of diagnosis and no missing CS data items. The following edit must be successful in order to respect the minimum requirements:
Tumour records: TCOR18.
Step 7: CS data items validation
CS Validation edits (TVAL27 to 41 and TVAL52) can be performed on the input tumour records that respect the CS minimum requirements and where all core referenced fields are valid. These edits can be run in any order.
Step 8: AJCC TNM data items minimum requirements assessment
AJCC TNM data items minimum requirements consist of an input tumour record with valid date of diagnosis, ICD-O-2/3 topography, ICD-O-3 histology and ICD-O-3 behaviour and no missing AJCC TNM data items. The following edit must be successful in order to respect the minimum requirements SITE-SPECIFIC MEANING: Tumour records: TCOR19.
Step 9: AJCC TNM data items validation
AJCC TNM validation edits (TVAL42 to 51) can be performed on the input tumour records that respect the AJCC TNM minimum requirements and where all core referenced fields are valid. These edits can be run in any order.
Step 10: AJCC TNM data items correlation
These edits are run based on the outcome of previous validation edits. That is, for a given edit, only the Input records where all referenced fields (core and AJCC TNM) have been successfully validated are eligible. These edits can be run in any order.
See section 3.1.9 flowchart of the data loading process for an illustration of the edits dependencies.
3.1.6 Sub-edits order of execution
Except for data item match Sub-edits; all sub-edits from a given edit may be performed in any order. See Section 3.6.3.1 Special order of execution for more details about data item match Sub-edits special order of execution.
3.1.7 Message types
The severity of an error is expressed by its corresponding message's type. The following list describes each possible message type and gives an indication of when they are issued and how they change the editing process flow.
Fatal error: When a group of data items does not respect the minimum requirements. Related editing is stopped.
Core fatal error: Core data items (P1 to P19 and T1 to T26) do not respect the minimum requirements. The input record will not undergo any other edits and will be rejected.
CS fatal error: CS data items (T27 to T41 and T52) do not respect the minimum requirements. CS data items will not undergo any other related edits and will not be loaded on the CCR database. CS Fatal error does not prevent valid core and AJCC TNM data items from being loaded on the CCR database.1
AJCC TNM Fatal error: AJCC TNM data items (T42 to T51) do not respect the minimum requirements. AJCC TNM data items will not undergo any other related edits and will not be loaded on the CCR database. AJCC TNM fatal error does not prevent valid core and CS data items from being loaded on the CCR database.5
Error: Normal edits failure. Editing is not stopped. Unless specified otherwise, the input record can be edited by other edits based on the validity of their corresponding referenced fields.
Core error: Error found in core patient (P1 to P19) or Tumour (T1 to T26) data items. Core error causes the Input record to be rejected.
CS error: Error found in CS data items (T27 to T41 and T52). CS data items will not be loaded on the CCR database.CS error does not prevent valid core and AJCC TNM data items from being loaded on the CCR database.5
AJCC TNM error: Error found in AJCC TNM data items (T42 to T51). AJCC TNM data items will not be loaded on the CCR database. AJCC TNM error does not prevent valid core and CS data items from being loaded on the CCR database.5
Warning: Informative message to PTCR. Warnings do not prevent Inputrecords from being loaded on the CCR.
3.1.8 Edit description pages
For ease of use, each edit is described using a standard format: name, purpose, referenced fields, business rules, edit logic and feedback report messages. When needed, other parameters, revisions and notes are also added to give more detail. The following table describes each possible section.
Section | Description |
---|---|
Name | A unique name for the edit. |
Purpose | Edit main purpose. |
Referenced fields | List of all input file fields (or part of fields) involved in the edit. |
Other parameters | List of additional parameters needed to perform the edit. |
Business rules | Rules that describe the eligible field value or relationship between many field values. These rules are written in plain English. |
Edit logic | Each Sub-edit condition that identifies invalid records. These conditions are usually written using logical expressions. |
Feedback report messages | List of all possible edit messages. |
Revision | List of all changes that have been applied to the edit over time. |
Notes | Any remarks. |
3.1.9 Flowchart of the data loading process

Notes:
*See 3.1.5 Edits Order of Execution and Edit Control for exact sequencing.
**DIM Edits have a special processing order. See specific section for more details.
3.2 Data importing
During the data importing phase, the input patient record file and/or input tumour record file is read in by the system. Every record is then cut into separate data items using the proper record layout.

3.3 Data conditioning
The purpose of the data conditioning phase is threefold. Its intent is to:
- Reduce PTCR response burden by automatically correcting small errors such as the use of lowercase characters in code fields or improper alignment of values.
- Eliminate older classification data (ICD-9 and ICD-O-2) when not reported as the source classification data. This eliminates the risk of incoherence between the source classification and any former classification data.
- Bring all reported data up to a uniform classification (ICD-O-3). This facilitates a comparison of all tumours reported to the CCR.
To achieve these objectives, the following steps are performed on the data:
- Data formatting;
- Old classification filtering;
- ICD-O-2/3 topography calculation;
- ICD-O-3 histology and behaviour calculation; and,
- Laterality adjustment.
The steps listed above must be executed in sequential order. Each step may alter the reported data. Refer to the corresponding section below for a description of how these reported data are altered.
3.3.1 Data formatting
Description
Data formatting is composed of three operations:
Left justified: Removes blank character preceding the data item value.
Uppercase: Converts all lower case alphabetic characters to uppercase letters.
Converts lower case French accents (é, è, ê, ë, ç…) to corresponding uppercase letters (é à É). Special characters and digits remain unchanged.
Removal of trailing blanks: Removes any blank characters trailing the data item value. Data items containing only blank characters will be converted to NULL. This is an important assumption used in the data editing phase.
Purpose
Data formatting reduces PTCR response burden by fixing small formatting errors that would otherwise cause an input record to be rejected. It also converts blank data items to NULL values in order to be compliant with the data editing specification.
Logic
- Left justification is applied on any fields longer than 1 character.
- Uppercase is applied on any fields that may contain letters.
- Removal of trailing blanks is applied on all fields.
The following two tables summarize the impact of the data formatting step on patient and tumour data items. X and – indicate whether the corresponding transformation is applicable or not.
Variable Name | Variable | Left justify | Uppercase | Removal of trailing blanks |
---|---|---|---|---|
P1 | Patient reporting province/territory | X | - | X |
P2 | Patient identification number | X | X | X |
P3 | CCR identification number | X | - | X |
P4 | Patient record type | - | - | X |
P5 | Type of current surname | - | - | X |
P6 | Current surname | X | X | X |
P7 | First given name | X | X | X |
P8 | Second given name | X | X | X |
P9 | Third given name | X | X | X |
P10 | Sex | - | - | X |
P11 | Date of birth | X | - | X |
P12 | Province/territory or country of birth | X | - | X |
P13 | Birth surname | X | X | X |
P14 | Date of death | X | - | X |
P15 | Province/territory or country of death | X | - | X |
P16 | Death registration number | X | - | X |
P17 | Underlying cause of death | X | X | X |
P18 | Autopsy confirming cause of death | - | - | X |
P19 | Patient date of transmission | X | - | X |
Variable Name | Variable | Left justify | Uppercase | Remove trailing blank |
---|---|---|---|---|
T1 | Tumour reporting province/territory | X | - | X |
T2 | Tumour patient identification number | X | X | X |
T3 | Tumour reference number | X | X | X |
T4 | CCR identification number | X | - | X |
T5 | Tumour record type | - | - | X |
T6 | Name of place of residence | X | X | X |
T7 | Postal code | X | X | X |
T8 | Standard geographic code | X | - | X |
T9 | Census tract | X | - | X |
T10 | Health insurance number | X | X | X |
T11 | Method of diagnosis | - | - | X |
T12 | Date of diagnosis | X | - | X |
T13 | ICD–9 cancer code | X | - | X |
T14 | Source classification flag | - | - | X |
T15 | ICD–O–2/3 Topography | X | X | X |
T16 | ICD–O–2 Histology | X | - | X |
T17 | ICD–O–2 Behaviour | X | - | X |
T18 | Filler | - | - | - |
T19 | Laterality | - | - | X |
T20 | Filler | - | - | - |
T21 | ICD–O–3 Histology | X | - | X |
T22 | ICD–O–3 Behaviour | - | - | X |
T23 | Grade, differentiation or cell indicator | - | - | X |
T24 | Method used to establish the date of diagnosis | - | - | X |
T25 | Diagnostic confirmation | - | - | X |
T26 | Date of transmission | X | - | X |
T27 | CS tumour size | X | - | X |
T28 | CS extension | X | - | X |
T29 | CS tumour size/ext eval | - | - | X |
T30 | CS lymph nodes | X | - | X |
T31 | CS reg nodes eval | - | - | X |
T32 | Regional nodes examined | X | - | X |
T33 | Regional nodes positive | X | - | X |
T34 | CS mets at dx | X | - | X |
T35 | CS mets eval | - | - | X |
T36 | CS site-specific factor 1 | X | - | X |
T37 | CS site-specific factor 2 | X | - | X |
T38 | CS site-specific factor 3 | X | - | X |
T39 | CS site-specific factor 4 | X | - | X |
T40 | CS site-specific factor 5 | X | - | X |
T41 | CS site-specific factor 6 | X | - | X |
T42 | AJCC clinical T | X | X | X |
T43 | AJCC clinical N | X | X | X |
T44 | AJCC clinical M | X | X | X |
T45 | AJCC pathologic T | X | X | X |
T46 | AJCC pathologic N | X | X | X |
T47 | AJCC pathologic M | X | X | X |
T48 | AJCC clinical TNM stage group | X | X | X |
T49 | AJCC pathologic TNM stage group | X | X | X |
T50 | AJCC TNM stage group | X | X | X |
T51 | AJCC TNM edition number | X | - | X |
T52 | CS Version 1st | X | - | X |
T53 | Ambiguous Terminology Diagnosis | - | - | X |
T54 | Date of Conclusive Diagnosis | X | - | X |
T55 | Type of Multiple Tumours Reported as One Primary | X | - | X |
T56 | Date of Multiple Tumours | X | - | X |
T57 | Multiplicity Counter | X | - | X |
Revision
Year | Description |
---|---|
2008 | Tumour input variables T53 to T57 have been added to the record layout. Different formatting processes are done to each new variable. |
2007 | T52 – CS Version 1st – tumour input variable added to record layout. It is left justified and trailing blanks are removed. |
2004 | In order to reduce response burden, some data items will automatically be uppercased, left justified and right truncated (removal of trailing blanks) by the CCR system. T3 – Tumour reference number: Values will not be zero left filled anymore. |
3.3.2 Old classification filtering
Description
This step deletes disease classification information reported by PTCRs older than that indicated by the source classification flag.
Purpose
This step eliminates the possibility of incoherence between source classification data (as identified by the source classification flag) and any former classification data.
Logic
- If the Source classification flag indicates that ICD-9 is the source classification, then all reported data are kept as is.
- If the Source classification flag indicates that ICD-O-2 is the source classification, then reported ICD-9 Cancer Code is replaced by '0000'.
- If the Source classification flag indicates that ICD-O-3 is the source classification, then reported ICD-9 Cancer Code and ICD-O-2 Histology are replaced by '0000' and reported ICD-O-2 Behaviour is replaced by '0'.
- In any other case, all reported data are kept as is.
This step will not create a feedback message. The following examples and table illustrate possible scenarios.
Example 1: If source classification flag indicates ICD-9, then no change.
Example 2: If source classification flag indicates ICD-O-2, then ICD-9 is not loaded.
Example 3: If source classification flag indicates ICD-O-3, then ICD-9 and ICD-O-2H/B are not loaded. ICD-O-2/3T is kept since it also belongs to ICD-O-3.
Example | TSCF | ICD-9 | ICD-O-2/3T | ICD-O-2H | ICD-O-2B | ICD-O-3H | ICD-O-3B | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 | Before | 1 | 175 | C509 | 8521 | 3 | 8521 | 3 |
After | 1 | 175 | C509 | 8521 | 3 | 8521 | 3 | |
2 | Before | 2 | 175 | C509 | 8521 | 3 | 8521 | 3 |
After | 2 | 0000 | C509 | 8521 | 3 | 8521 | 3 | |
3 | Before | 4 | 175 | C509 | 8521 | 3 | 8521 | |
After | 4 | 0000 | C509 | 0000 | 0 | 8521 | 3 |
3.3.3 ICD-O-2/3 Topography calculation
Background
For cases diagnosed from 1992 to 2000, the Canadian Council of Cancer Registries adopted the International Classification of Diseases for Oncology, Second Edition (ICD-O-2) as the standard for reporting diagnostic information to the Canadian Cancer Registry (CCR). This classification was chosen because it provides detailed information on the site (topography), the histology and the behaviour of the neoplasm. The site codes are based on the malignant neoplasms section (C00-C80) of the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems, Tenth revision (ICD-10). The morphology codes are revised and expanded from its predecessor, the ICD-O-1. The International Classification of Diseases is a classification system which covers the broad range of diseases and other health problems for which health care services may be rendered. The ICD has been in use in Canada for many decades for morbidity (hospitalization) and mortality (death) reporting. The Ninth revision (ICD-9), in use since 1979, has been replaced by the ICD-10 for morbidity and mortality. Chapter 2 of the ICD-9 (Neoplasms) provides a classification of tumours, primarily by site and includes behaviour. The ICD-O-2 supplements site information with tumour morphology detail. This greater level of specificity makes ICD-O more suitable for cancer registration purposes.
By 1992, the data year for which the CCR became operational, all provincial/territorial cancer registries except Ontario and Québec had implemented the ICD-O-2 for reporting tumour site and morphology. Ontario and Québec had adopted the ICD-O-2 for reporting tumour morphology information, but continued to report the site of tumours using the ICD-9, for administrative reasons. In order to bring all data to a common basis, the ICD-9 to ICD-O-2 conversion was created, cooperatively by Statistics Canada, the Ontario Cancer Treatment and Research Foundation and the Fichier des tumeurs du Québec.
Description
This step computes ICD-O-2/3 Topography code from the reported ICD-9 Cancer code when needed.
Purpose
This step ensures that, for each reported tumour, the site is described using the ICD-O-3 classification. This facilitates the comparison between all tumours reported to the CCR.
Logic
Directions
The process of converting coded information from one disease classification system to another can result in a distortion or loss of original diagnostic detail. Whenever possible, it is recommended that the original descriptive diagnosis be coded directly, using the preferred, most recent classification system.
Registries using both the ICD-O-2/3 topography and the ICD-9 to code tumour sites are requested to report only ICD-O-2/3 topography codes to the CCR. ICD-9 codes should only be reported to the CCR if ICD-O-2/3 topography codes are not available.
3.3.4 ICD-O-3 Histology and behaviour calculation
Background
For cases diagnosed from 2001 onwards, the Canadian Council of Cancer Registries adopted the International Classification of Diseases for Oncology, Third edition (ICD-O-3) as the standard for reporting diagnostic information to the Canadian Cancer Registry (CCR). The topography section of the Third edition remains the same as the Second edition; however it includes revised morphologies and new classifications especially for lymphomas and leukemias. This classification was adopted because it represents the most current classification of diseases for oncology.
Description
This step computes the ICD-O-3 Histology and the ICD-O-3 behaviour from reported ICD-O-2 histology and ICD-O-2 behaviour when needed.
Purpose
This step ensures that, for each reported tumour, the histology and behaviour are described using the ICD-O-3 classification. This facilitates the comparison between all tumours reported to the CCR.
This step ensures that, for each reported tumour, the histology and behaviour are described using the ICD-O-3 classification. This facilitates the comparison between all tumours reported to the CCR
3.3.5 Laterality adjustment
Background
Although the ICD-9 and the ICD-O-3 may be used for similar purposes, they are not totally compatible. Since the ICD-9 and the ICD-O-3 use different topographic groupings, there are cases where the laterality code may be coherent with a given ICD-9 Cancer code but may be incoherent with the closest corresponding ICD-O-2/3 topography code. Thus, for these exceptional cases, the laterality code must be altered to be compliant with the ICD-O-3 classification.
Description
This step alters the laterality code when specific ICD-9 Cancer codes are reported as source classification data and corresponding ICD-O-2/3 topography codes conflict with the reported laterality code due to classification incompatibility.
Purpose
This step reduces PTCR response burden by fixing classification incompatibility issues that would otherwise cause an input record to be rejected.
Logic
Warning saying "Laterality Adjustment: Laterality code has been changed from '0' to '9' in order to be compliant with ICD-O-3 classification." is sent to the reporting PTCR.
3.4 Validation Edits
The purpose of the Validation edits is to enforce the business rules on each individual field. For ease of use, validation edits have been divided into two groups:
- Patient validation edits: enforce business rules on patient fields;
- Tumour validation edits: enforce business rules on tumour fields.
3.4.1 Patient validation edits
The following table summarizes the purpose of each individual edit of this category.
Edit name | Purpose |
---|---|
PVAL1 | Validates the Patient reporting province/territory code. |
PVAL2 | Validates the Patient identification number. |
PVAL3 | Validates the CCR identification number. |
PVAL4 | Validates the Patient record type code. |
PVAL5 | Validates the Type of current surname code. |
PVAL6 | Validates the Current surname. |
PVAL7 | Validates the First given name. |
PVAL8 | Validates the Second given name. |
PVAL9 | Validates the Third given name. |
PVAL10 | Validates the Sex code. |
PVAL11 | Validates the Date of birth. |
PVAL12 | Validates the Province/territory or country of birth code. |
PVAL13 | Validates Birth surname. |
PVAL14 | Validates Date of death. |
PVAL15 | Validates the Province/territory or country of death code. |
PVAL16 | Validates Death registration number. |
PVAL17 | Validates the Underlying cause of death code. |
PVAL18 | Validates Autopsy confirming cause of death code. |
PVAL19 | Validates Patient record date of transmission. |
PVAL1
This edit validates the patient reporting province/territory code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
P1 | 2 | Patient reporting province/territory | PREPPROV |
Parameters | Length | Description |
---|---|---|
PTCR_CODE | 2 | Province/territory code of the PTCR that is submitting the data. |
Business rules
- Patient reporting province/territory must be equal to province/territory code of the PTCR submitting the data7.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PVAL1-1 | P1 <> PTCR_CODE | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PVAL1-1 | Patient reporting province/territory code does not match PTCR province/territory code. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
PVAL2
Purpose
This edit validates the patient identification number.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P2 | 12 | Patient identification number | PPIN |
Business rules
- Must be exclusively composed of any of the following:
- Uppercase letters: A to Z
- Numbers: 0 to 9
- Cannot be exclusively composed of zeros.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PVAL2-1 | IS_COMPOSED_OF (P2, ‘0') | Record rejected |
PVAL2-2 | NOT IS_COMPOSED_OF (P2, ‘ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789') | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PVAL2-1 | Patient identification number cannot be exclusively composed of zeros. | Core error |
PVAL2-2 | Patient identification number is not exclusively composed of uppercase letters and/or numbers. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Business rule changed: Apostrophes, hyphens, periods and inner spaces are not accepted anymore. |
PVAL3
Purpose
This edit validates the CCR identification number.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P3 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
P3.ID | 8 | First 8 digits of P3 (CCR ID sequence number) | Not applicable |
P3.CHECK_DIGIT | 1 | 9th digit of P3 (CCR ID check digit) | Not applicable |
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
Business rules
- Must be exclusively composed of numbers: 0 to 9
- Must be 9 digits long.
- Cannot be all zeros.
- Must have a valid check digit8.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PVAL3-1 | P4 IN [‘2', ‘3'] AND (LENGTH (P3) <> 9 OR NOT IS_COMPOSED_OF (P3, ‘0123456789')) | Record rejected |
PVAL3-2 | P4 IN [‘2', ‘3'] AND P3 = ‘000000000' | Record rejected |
PVAL3-3 | P4 IN [‘2', ‘3'] AND P3 <> ‘000000000' AND LENGTH (P3) = 9 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (P3, ‘0123456789') AND P3.CHECK_DIGIT <> CALCULATE_CCR_CHECK_DIGIT (P3.ID) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PVAL3-1 | CCR identification number is not 9 digits long. | Core error |
PVAL3-2 | CCR identification number cannot be all zeros. | Core error |
PVAL3-3 | CCR identification number is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
PVAL4
Purpose
This edit validates the patient record type code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
Business rules
- Cannot be blank.
- Must be one of the Eligible patient record type codes9.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PVAL4-1 | P4 IS NULL OR P4 NOT IN [Eligible Patient record type codes] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PVAL4-1 | Patient record type code is missing or invalid. | Core fatal error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
PVAL5
Purpose
This edit validates the type of current surname code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P5 | 1 | Type of current surname | PTYP_CUR |
Business rules
- Type of Current Surname must be one of the Eligible type of current surname codes10.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PVAL5-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P5 NOT IN [Eligible type of current surname codes] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PVAL5-1 | Type of current surname code is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
PVAL6
Purpose
This edit validates the current surname.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P6 | 25 | Current surname | PCURSNAM |
Business rules
- Current surname can be blank.
- If Current surname is not blank then
- It must be exclusively composed of any of the following:
- Letters: A to Z (upper or lowercase)
- Accented characters: Â À Ç É Ê Ë È Î Ï Ô Û Ü (upper or lowercase)
- Special characters: space ( ), period (.), apostrophe ('), hyphen (-)
- It must contain at least one letter.
- It must be exclusively composed of any of the following:
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PVAL6-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P6 IS NOT NULL AND NOT IS_COMPOSED_OF (UPPER (P6), ‘ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÂÀÇÉÊËÈÎÏÔÛÜ .'-') | Record rejected |
PVAL6-2 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P6 IS NOT NULL AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (UPPER (P6), ‘ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÂÀÇÉÊËÈÎÏÔÛÜ .'-') AND NOT CONTAINS_WORD (UPPER (P6), ‘ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÂÀÇÉÊËÈÎÏÔÛÜ', 1) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PVAL6-1 | Current surname is not exclusively composed of acceptable letters, accented characters or special characters. | Core error |
PVAL6-2 | Current surname does not contain at least one letter. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Business rules changed: Acceptable accented characters are specified. |
2004 | Business rules changed: Titles are now allowed in current surname. |
PVAL7
Purpose
This edit validates the first given name.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P7 | 15 | First given name | PGNAME_1 |
Business rules
- First given name can be blank.
- If First given name is not blank then
- It must be exclusively composed of any of the following:
- Letters: A to Z (upper or lowercase)
- Accented characters: Â À Ç É Ê Ë È Î Ï Ô Û Ü (upper or lowercase)
- Special characters: space ( ), period (.), apostrophe ('), hyphen (-)
- It must contain at least one letter.
- It must be exclusively composed of any of the following:
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PVAL7-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P7 IS NOT NULL AND NOT IS_COMPOSED_OF (UPPER (P7), ‘ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÂÀÇÉÊËÈÎÏÔÛÜ .'-') | Record rejected |
PVAL7-2 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P7 IS NOT NULL AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (UPPER (P7), ‘ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÂÀÇÉÊËÈÎÏÔÛÜ .'-') AND NOT CONTAINS_WORD (UPPER (P7), ‘ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÂÀÇÉÊËÈÎÏÔÛÜ', 1) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PVAL7-1 | First given name is not exclusively composed of acceptable letters, accented characters or special characters. | Core error |
PVAL7-2 | First given name does not contain at least one letter. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Business rules changed: Acceptable accented characters are specified. |
PVAL8
Purpose
This edit validates the second given name.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P8 | 15 | Second given name | PGNAME_2 |
Business rules
- Second given name can be blank.
- If Second given name is not blank then
- It must be exclusively composed of any of the following:
- Letters: A to Z (upper or lowercase)
- Accented characters: Â À Ç É Ê Ë È Î Ï Ô Û Ü (upper or lowercase)
- Special characters: space ( ), period (.), apostrophe ('), hyphen (-)
- It must contain at least one letter
- It must be exclusively composed of any of the following:
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PVAL8-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P8 IS NOT NULL AND NOT IS_COMPOSED_OF (UPPER (P8), ‘ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÂÀÇÉÊËÈÎÏÔÛÜ .'-') | Record rejected |
PVAL8-2 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P8 IS NOT NULL AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (UPPER (P8), ‘ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÂÀÇÉÊËÈÎÏÔÛÜ .'-') AND NOT CONTAINS_WORD (UPPER (P8), ‘ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÂÀÇÉÊËÈÎÏÔÛÜ', 1) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PVAL8-1 | Second given name is not exclusively composed of acceptable letters, accented characters or special characters. | Core error |
PVAL8-2 | Second given name does not contain at least one letter. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Business rules changed: Acceptable accented characters are specified. |
PVAL9
Purpose
This edit validates the third given name.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P9 | 7 | Third given name | PGNAME_3 |
Business rules
- Third given name can be blank.
- If Third given name is not blank then
- It must be exclusively composed of any of the following:
- Letters: A to Z (upper or lowercase)
- Accented characters: Â À Ç É Ê Ë È Î Ï Ô Û Ü (upper or lowercase)
- Special characters: space ( ), period (.), apostrophe ('), hyphen (-)
- It must contain at least one letter.
- It must be exclusively composed of any of the following:
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PVAL9-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P9 IS NOT NULL AND NOT IS_COMPOSED_OF (UPPER (P9), ‘ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÂÀÇÉÊËÈÎÏÔÛÜ .'-') | Record rejected |
PVAL9-2 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P9 IS NOT NULL AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (UPPER (P9), ‘ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÂÀÇÉÊËÈÎÏÔÛÜ .'-') AND NOT CONTAINS_WORD (UPPER (P9), ‘ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÂÀÇÉÊËÈÎÏÔÛÜ', 1) | Record rejected |
Sub edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PVAL9-1 | Third given name is not exclusively composed of acceptable letters, accented characters or special characters. | Core error |
PVAL9-2 | Third given name does not contain at least one letter. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Business rules changed: Acceptable accented characters are specified. |
PVAL10
Purpose
This edit validates the sex code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P10 | 1 | Sex | PSEX |
Business rules
- Sex must be one of the Eligible sex codes11.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PVAL10-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P10 NOT IN [Eligible sex codes] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PVAL10-1 | Sex code is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
PVAL11
Purpose
This edit validates the date of birth.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P11 | 8 | Date of birth | PDATBIR |
P11.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of P11 (year of date of birth) | Not applicable |
P11.MONTH | 2 | 5th and 6th digits of P11 (month of date of birth) | Not applicable |
P11.DAY | 2 | 7th and 8th digits of P11 (day of date of birth) | Not applicable |
Parameters | Length | Description |
---|---|---|
CYCLE_YEAR | 2 | Reference year |
Business rules
- Must be 8 digits long.
- Must be between January 1st, 1875 and December 31st of Reference year inclusively.
- If Year is unknown then Month must be unknown.
- If Month is unknown then Day must be unknown.
- If Year, Month and Day are known then it must be a valid calendar date.
- If Year and Month are known and Day is unknown then month must be a valid month.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PVAL11-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND (LENGTH (P11) <> 8 OR NOT IS_COMPOSED_OF (P11, ‘0123456789')) | Record rejected |
PVAL11-2 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (P11) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (P11, ‘0123456789') AND ((P11.YEAR = ‘9999' AND P11.MONTH <> ‘99') OR (P11.MONTH = ‘99' AND P11.DAY <> ‘99')) | Record rejected |
PVAL11-3 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (P11) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (P11, ‘0123456789') AND P11.YEAR <> ‘9999' AND (P11.YEAR < 1875 OR P11.YEAR > CYCLE_YEAR) | Record rejected |
PVAL11-4 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (P11) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (P11, ‘0123456789') AND P11.YEAR <> ‘9999' AND P11.MONTH <> ‘99' AND P11.DAY <> ‘99' AND IS_VALID_DATE (P11) | Record rejected |
PVAL11-5 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (P11) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (P11, ‘0123456789') AND P11.YEAR <> ‘9999' AND P11.MONTH NOT IN [‘01'-'12', ‘99'] AND P11.DAY = ‘99' | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PVAL11-1 | Date of birth is not 8 digits long. | Core error |
PVAL11-2 | Date of birth: Improper use of the ‘Unknown' code. | Core error |
PVAL11-3 | Date of birth must be between the year 1875 and the current reference year inclusively. | Core error |
PVAL11-4 | Date of birth is not a valid calendar date. | Core error |
PVAL11-5 | Date of birth is not a valid partial date: month is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
PVAL12
Purpose
This edit validates the province/territory or country of birth code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P11.YEAR | 4 | First 4 characters of P11 (year of date of birth) | Not applicable |
P12 | 3 | Province/territory or country of birth | PPROVBIR |
Business rules
- If Date of birth is before 1996 then Province/territory or country of birth must be one of the Eligible Province/territory and country codes prior to 199612.
- If Date of birth is on or after 1996 then Province/territory or country of birth must be one of the Eligible Province/territory and country codes in and after 199612
- If Date of birth is unknown then Province/territory or country of birth must be either one of the Eligible Province/territory and country codes prior to 199612 or Eligible Province/territory and country codes in and after 199612.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PVAL12-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P11.YEAR <> ‘9999' AND P11.YEAR < 1996 AND P12 NOT IN [Eligible Province/territory and country code prior to 1996] | Record rejected |
PVAL12-2 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P11.YEAR <> ‘9999' AND P11.YEAR >= 1996 AND P12 NOT IN [Eligible Province/territory and country code in and after 1996] | Record rejected |
PVAL12-3 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P11.YEAR = ‘9999' AND P12 NOT IN [Eligible Province/territory and country code prior to 1996] AND P12 NOT IN [Eligible Province/territory and country code in and after 1996] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PVAL12-1 | Province/territory or country of birth code is invalid for Date of birth prior to 1996. | Core error |
PVAL12-2 | Province/territory or country of birth code is invalid for Date of birth in and after 1996. | Core error |
PVAL12-3 | Province/territory or country of birth code is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Business rules changed: Province/territory or country of birth code is now validated against Province/territory or country codes valid at time of birth. |
PVAL13
Purpose
This edit validates birth surname.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P13 | 25 | Birth surname | PBIRNAM |
Business rules
- Birth surname can be blank.
- If Birth surname is not blank then
- It must be exclusively composed of any of the following:
- Letters: A to Z (upper or lowercase)
- Accented characters: Â À Ç É Ê Ë È Î Ï Ô Û Ü (upper or lowercase)
- Special characters: space ( ), period (.), apostrophe ('), hyphen (-)
- It must contain at least one letter.
- It must be exclusively composed of any of the following:
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PVAL13-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P13 IS NOT NULL AND NOT IS_COMPOSED_OF (UPPER (P13), ‘ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÂÀÇÉÊËÈÎÏÔÛÜ .'-') | Record rejected |
PVAL13-2 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P13 IS NOT NULL AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (UPPER (P13), ‘ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÂÀÇÉÊËÈÎÏÔÛÜ .'-') AND NOT CONTAINS_WORD (UPPER (P13), ‘ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÂÀÇÉÊËÈÎÏÔÛÜ', 1) | Record rejected |
Sub edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PVAL13-1 | Birth surname is not exclusively composed of acceptable letters, accented characters or special characters. | Core error |
PVAL13-2 | Birth surname does not contain at least one letter. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Business rules changed: Acceptable accented characters are specified. |
PVAL14
Purpose
This edit validates date of death.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P14 | 8 | Date of death | PDATDEA |
P14.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of P14 (year of date of death) | Not applicable |
P14.MONTH | 2 | 5th and 6th digits of P14 (month of date of death) | Not applicable |
P14.DAY | 2 | 7th and 8th digits of P14 (day of date of death) | Not applicable |
P19.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of P19 (year of date of transmission) | Not applicable |
P19.MONTH | 2 | 5th and 6th digits of P19 (Month of date of transmission) | Not applicable |
P19.DAY | 2 | 7th and 8th digits of P19 (Day of date of transmission) | Not applicable |
Business rules
- Must be 8 digits long.
- Can be all zeros (when patient is not known to have died).
- Must be between January 1st, 1992 and Date of transmission inclusively.
- If Year is unknown then Month must be unknown.
- If Month is unknown then Day must be unknown.
- If Year, Month and Day are known then it must be a valid calendar date.
- If Year and Month are known and Day is unknown then Month must be a valid month.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PVAL14-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND (LENGTH (P14) <> 8 OR NOT IS_COMPOSED_OF (P14, ‘0123456789')) | Record rejected |
PVAL14-2 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND (P14.YEAR = ‘0000' OR P14.MONTH = ‘00' OR P14.DAY = ‘00') AND NOT (P14.YEAR = ‘0000' AND P14.MONTH = ‘00' AND P14.DAY = ‘00') | Record rejected |
PVAL14-3 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (P14) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (P14, ‘0123456789') AND P14.YEAR NOT IN [‘0000', ‘9999'] AND ((P14.MONTH = ‘99' AND P14.DAY = ‘99' AND (P14.YEAR < 1992 OR P14.YEAR > P19.YEAR)) OR (P14.MONTH IN [‘01'-'12'] AND P14.DAY = ‘99' AND (P14.YEAR < 1992 OR P14.YEAR||P14.MONTH > P19.YEAR||P19.MONTH)) OR (P14.MONTH IN [‘01'-'12'] AND P14.DAY IN [‘01', ‘31'] AND IS_VALID_DATE (P14) AND (P14.YEAR < 1992 OR P14 > P19)) | Record rejected |
PVAL14-4 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (P14) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (P14, ‘0123456789') AND ((P14.YEAR = ‘9999' AND P14.MONTH <> ‘99') or (P14.MONTH = ‘99' AND P14.DAY <> ‘99')) | Record rejected |
PVAL14-5 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (P14) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (P14, ‘0123456789') AND P14.YEAR NOT IN [‘0000', ‘9999'] AND P14.MONTH NOT IN [‘00', ‘99'] AND P14.DAY NOT IN [‘00', ‘99'] AND NOT IS_VALID_DATE (P14) | Record rejected |
PVAL14-6 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (P14) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (P14, ‘0123456789') AND P14.YEAR NOT IN [‘0000', ‘9999'] AND P14.MONTH NOT IN [‘00', ‘01'-'12', ‘99'] AND P14.DAY = ‘99' | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PVAL14-1 | Date of death is not 8 digits long. | Core error |
PVAL14-2 | Date of death: Improper use of ‘Patient is not known to have died' code. | Core error |
PVAL14-3 | Date of death must be between January 1st, 1992 and the Date of Transmission inclusively. | Core error |
PVAL14-4 | Date of death: Improper use of ‘Unknown' code. | Core error |
PVAL14-5 | Date of death is not a valid calendar date. | Core error |
PVAL14-6 | Date of death is not a valid partial date: month is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Business rules changed: Date of death cannot be beyond Date of transmission. |
PVAL15
Purpose
This edit validates the province/territory or country of death code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P14.YEAR | 4 | First 4 characters of P14 (year of date of death) | Not applicable |
P15 | 3 | Province/territory or country of death | PPROVDEA |
Business rules
- If Date of death is before 1996 then Province/territory or country of death must be one of the Eligible province/territory and country codes prior to 199612.
- If Date of death is on or after 1996 then Province/territory or country of death must be one of the Eligible province/territory and country codes in and after 199612.
- If Date of death is unknown then Province/territory or country of death must be either one of the Eligible province/territory and country codes prior to 199612 or Eligible province/territory and country codes in and after 199612.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PVAL15-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P14.YEAR NOT IN [‘0000', ‘9999'] AND P14.YEAR < 1996 AND P15 NOT IN [Eligible province/territory or country codes prior to 1996] | Record rejected |
PVAL15-2 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P14.YEAR NOT IN [‘0000', ‘9999'] AND P14.YEAR >= 1996 AND P15 NOT IN [Eligible province/territory or country codes in and after 1996] | Record rejected |
PVAL15-3 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P14.YEAR = ‘9999' AND P15 NOT IN [Eligible Province/Territory or Country of Death codes in and after 1996] AND P15 NOT IN [Eligible province/territory or country codes prior to 1996] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PVAL15-1 | Province/territory or country of death code is invalid for Date of death prior to 1996. | Core error |
PVAL15-2 | Province/territory or country of death code is invalid for Date of death in and after 1996. | Core error |
PVAL15-3 | Province/territory or country of death code is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Business rules changed: Province/territory or country of death code is now validated against Province/territory or country codes valid at time of death. |
PVAL16
Purpose
This edit validates the death registration number.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P16 | 6 | Death registration number | PDEAREG |
Business rules
- Must be exclusively composed of numbers: 0 to 9
- Must be 6 digits long
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PVAL16-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND (LENGTH (P16) <> 6 OR NOT IS_COMPOSED_OF (P16, ‘0123456789')) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PVAL16-1 | Death registration number is not 6 digits long. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
PVAL17
Purpose
This edit validates the underlying cause of death code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P14.YEAR | 4 | First 4 characters of P14 (year of date of death) | Not applicable |
P17 | 3 | Underlying cause of death | PCAUSDEA |
Business rules
- IF Date of death is unknown then Underlying cause of death must be coded as ‘Unknown/unavailable Underlying cause of death'.
- IF Date of death is before 2000 then Underlying cause of death must be one of the Eligible ICD-9 underlying cause of death codes12.
- IF Date of death is between 2000 and 2002 inclusively then Underlying cause of death must be one of the Eligible ICD-10 underlying cause of death codes in 2000-200212
- IF Date of death is in or after 2003 then Underlying cause of death must be one of the Eligible ICD-10 underlying cause of death codes in 2003 and after13.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PVAL17-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P14.YEAR = ‘9999' AND P17 <> ‘0009' | Record rejected |
PVAL17-2 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P14.YEAR NOT IN [‘0000', ‘9999'] AND P14.YEAR < 2000 AND P17 NOT IN [ICD-9 – Cause of death] | Record rejected |
PVAL17-3 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P14.YEAR NOT IN [‘0000', ‘9999'] AND P14.YEAR >= 2000 AND P14.YEAR <= 2002 AND P17 NOT IN [ICD-10 – Cause of death in 2000-2002] | Record rejected |
PVAL17-4 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P14.YEAR NOT IN [‘0000', ‘9999'] AND P14.YEAR >= 2003 AND P17 NOT IN [ICD-10 – Cause of death in 2003 and after] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PVAL17-1 | Underlying cause of death must be set to unknown when the Date of death is unknown. | Core error |
PVAL17-2 | Underlying cause of death code is either invalid or not eligible for Date of death prior to 2000. | Core error |
PVAL17-3 | Underlying cause of death code is either invalid or not eligible for Date of death between 2000 and 2002 inclusively. | Core error |
PVAL17-4 | Underlying cause of death code is either invalid or not eligible for Date of death in or after 2003. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Business rules added: If Date of death is unknown then Underlying cause of death must be coded as ‘Unknown/unavailable Underlying cause of death'. If Date of death is in 2003 or after then Underlying cause of death must be coded using the latest revision of ICD-10 Underlying cause of death (2003 and after). |
PVAL18
Purpose
This edit validates autopsy confirming cause of death code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P18 | 1 | Autopsy confirming cause of death | PAUTOPSY |
Business rules
- Autopsy confirming cause of death must be one of the eligible autopsy confirming cause of death codes14.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PVAL18-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P18 NOT IN [Eligible Autopsy confirming cause of death codes] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PVAL18-1 | Autopsy confirming cause of death code is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
PVAL19
Purpose
This edit validates the patient record date of transmission.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P19 | 8 | Patient Date of transmission | PDATTRAN |
P19.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of P19 (year of date of transmission) | Not applicable |
P19.MONTH | 2 | 5th and 6th digits of P19 (month of date of transmission) | Not applicable |
P19.DAY | 2 | 7th and 8th digits of P19 (day of date of transmission) | Not applicable |
Parameters | Length | Description |
---|---|---|
LOAD_DATE | 8 | Statistics Canada loading date: date on the Statistics Canada computer clock when the data are loaded on the CCR database. |
Business rules
- Cannot be blank
- Must be exclusively composed of numbers: 0 to 9
- Must be 8 digits long
- Must be a valid calendar date
- Must be within the previous 10 months from Statistics Canada loading date
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PVAL19-1 | P19 IS NULL | Record rejected |
PVAL19-2 | P19 IS NOT NULL AND (LENGTH (P19) <> 8 OR NOT IS_COMPOSED_OF (P19, ‘0123456789')) | Record rejected |
PVAL19-3 | P19 IS NOT NULL AND LENGTH (P19) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (P19, ‘0123456789') AND NOT IS_VALID_DATE (P19) | Record rejected |
PVAL19-4 | P19 IS NOT NULL AND LENGTH (P19) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (P19, ‘0123456789') AND IS_VALID_DATE (P19) AND P19 > LOAD_DATE () | Record rejected |
PVAL19-5 | P19 IS NOT NULL AND LENGTH (P19) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (P19, ‘0123456789') AND IS_VALID_DATE (P19) AND P19 < (LOAD_DATE – 10 months) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PVAL19-1 | Patient Date of transmission is missing. | Core fatal error |
PVAL19-2 | Patient Date of transmission is not 8 digits long. | Core fatal error |
PVAL19-3 | Patient Date of transmission is not a valid calendar date. | Core fatal error |
PVAL19-4 | Patient Date of transmission is after Statistics Canada loading date. | Core fatal error |
PVAL19-5 | Patient Date of transmission is more than 10 months before Statistics Canada loading date. | Core fatal error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
3.4.2 Tumour validation edits
The following table summarizes the purpose of each individual edit of this category.
Table 25 Tumour validation edits summary
Edit name | Purpose |
---|---|
TVAL1 | Validates the Tumour reporting province/territory code. |
TVAL2 | Validates the Tumour patient identification number. |
TVAL3 | Validates the Tumour reference number. |
TVAL4 | Validates the CCR identification number. |
TVAL5 | Validates the Tumour record type code. |
TVAL6 | Validates the Name of place of residence. |
TVAL7 | Validates the Postal code. |
TVAL8 | Validates the Standard geographic code. |
TVAL9 | Validates the Census tract. |
TVAL10 | Validates the Health insurance number (HIN). |
TVAL11 | Validates the Method of diagnosis code. |
TVAL12 | Validates the Date of diagnosis. |
TVAL13 | Validates the ICD-9 cancer code. |
TVAL14 | Validates the Source classification flag. |
TVAL15 | Validates the ICD-O-2/3 Topography code. |
TVAL16 | Validates the ICD-O-2 Histology code. |
TVAL17 | Validates the ICD-O-2 Behaviour code. |
TVAL18 | Not applicable |
TVAL19 | Validates the Laterality code. |
TVAL20 | Not applicable |
TVAL21 | Validates the ICD-O-3 Histology code. |
TVAL22 | Validates the ICD-O-3 Behaviour code. |
TVAL23 | Validates the grade, differentiation or cell indicator code. |
TVAL24 | Validates the Method used to establish the date of diagnosis code. |
TVAL25 | Validates the Diagnostic confirmation code. |
TVAL26 | Validates the Date of transmission. |
TVAL27 | Validates CS tumour size. |
TVAL28 | Validates CS extension. |
TVAL29 | Validates CS tumour size/ext eval. |
TVAL30 | Validates CS lymph nodes. |
TVAL31 | Validates CS reg nodes eval. |
TVAL32 | Validates Regional nodes examined. |
TVAL33 | Validates Regional nodes positive. |
TVAL34 | Validates CS mets at dx. |
TVAL35 | Validates CS mets eval. |
TVAL36 | Validates CS site-specific factor 1. |
TVAL37 | Validates CS site-specific factor 2. |
TVAL38 | Validates CS site-specific factor 3. |
TVAL39 | Validates CS site-specific factor 4. |
TVAL40 | Validates CS site-specific factor 5. |
TVAL41 | Validates CS site-specific factor 6. |
TVAL42 | Validates AJCC clinical T. |
TVAL43 | Validates AJCC clinical N. |
TVAL44 | Validates AJCC clinical M. |
TVAL45 | Validates AJCC pathologic T. |
TVAL46 | Validates AJCC pathologic N. |
TVAL47 | Validates AJCC pathologic M. |
TVAL48 | Validates AJCC clinical TNM stage group. |
TVAL49 | Validates AJCC pathologic TNM stage group. |
TVAL50 | Validates AJCC TNM stage group. |
TVAL51 | Validates AJCC edition number code. |
TVAL52 | Validates CS Version 1st. |
TVAL53 | Validates Ambiguous Terminology Diagnosis. |
TVAL54 | Validates Date of Conclusive Diagnosis. |
TVAL55 | Validates Type of Multiple Tumours Reported as One Primary. |
TVAL56 | Validates Date of Multiple Tumours. |
TVAL57 | Validates Multiplicity Counter. |
TVAL1
Purpose
This edit validates the Tumour reporting province/territory code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T1 | 2 | Tumour reporting province/territory | TREPPROV |
Parameters | Length | Description |
---|---|---|
PTCR_CODE | 2 | Province/territory code of the PTCR that is submitting the data. |
Business rules
- Tumour reporting province/territory must be equal to province/territory code of the PTCR that is submitting the data15.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL1-1 | T1 <> PTCR_CODE | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL1-1 | Tumour reporting province/territory code does not match PTCR province/territory code. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
TVAL2
Purpose
This edit validates the tumour patient identification number.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T2 | 12 | Tumour patient identification number | TPIN |
Business rules
- Must be exclusively composed of any of the following:
- Uppercase letters: A to Z
- Numbers: 0 to 9
- Cannot be exclusively composed of zeros.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL2-1 | IS_COMPOSED_OF (T2, ‘0') | Record rejected |
TVAL2-2 | NOT IS_COMPOSED_OF (T2, ‘ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789') | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL2-1 | Patient identification number cannot be exclusively composed of zeros. | Core error |
TVAL2-2 | Patient identification number is not exclusively composed of uppercase letters and/or numbers. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Business rule changed: Apostrophes, hyphens, periods and inner spaces are not accepted anymore. |
TVAL3
Purpose
This edit validates the tumour reference number.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T3 | 9 | Tumour reference number | TTRN |
Business rules
- Must be exclusively composed of any of the following:
- Numbers: 0 to 9
- Uppercase letters: A to Z
- Special characters: space ( ), period (.), apostrophe (‘), hyphens (-)
- Cannot be exclusively composed of zeros.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL3-1 | IS_COMPOSED_OF (T3, ‘0') | Record rejected |
TVAL3-2 | NOT IS_COMPOSED_OF (T3, ‘ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 -‘.') | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL3-1 | Tumour reference number cannot be exclusively composed of zeros. | Core error |
TVAL3-2 | Tumour reference number is not exclusively composed of acceptable letters, numbers or special characters. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Business rule added: Tumour reference number cannot be exclusively composed of zeros. |
TVAL4
Purpose
This edit validates the CCR identification number.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T4 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
T4.ID | 8 | First 8 digits of T4 (CCR ID sequence number) | Not applicable |
T4.CHECK_DIGIT | 1 | 9th digit of T4 (CCR ID check digit) | Not applicable |
Business rules
- If CCR identification number is reported then
- Must be exclusively composed of numbers: 0 to 9
- Must be 9 digits long;
- Cannot be all zeros;
- Must have a valid check digit16.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL4-1 | T4 IS NOT NULL AND (LENGTH (T4) <> 9 OR NOT IS_COMPOSED_OF (T4, ‘0123456789')) | Record rejected |
TVAL4-2 | T4 = ‘000000000' | Record rejected |
TVAL4-3 | T4 IS NOT NULL AND T4 <> ‘000000000' AND LENGTH (T4) = 9 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (T4, ‘0123456789') AND T4.CHECK_DIGIT <> CALCULATE_CCR_CHECK_DIGIT (T4.ID) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL4-1 | CCR identification number is not 9 digits long. | Core error |
TVAL4-2 | CCR identification number cannot be all zeros. | Core error |
TVAL4-3 | CCR identification number is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
TVAL5
Purpose
This edit validates the tumour record type code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
Business rules
- Cannot be blank.
- Must be one of the Eligible tumour record type codes17 .
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL5-1 | T5 IS NULL OR T5 NOT IN [Eligible tumour record type codes] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL5-1 | Tumour record type code is missing or invalid. | Core fatal error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
TVAL6
Purpose
This edit validates the name of place of residence.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T6 | 25 | Name of place of residence | TPLACRES |
Business rules
- Name of place of residence can be blank.
- If Name of place of residence is not blank then it can be any combination of the following:
- Letters: A to Z (upper or lowercase)
- Accented characters: Â À Ç É Ê Ë È Î Ï Ô Û Ü (upper or lowercase)
- Special characters: space ( ), period (.), apostrophe ('), hyphen (-), exclamation mark (!), ampersand (&), forward slash (/), parenthese [“(“and”)”], number sign (#), comma (,)
- Letters: A to Z (upper or lowercase)
- It must contain a word of at least 2 letters.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL6-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T6 IS NOT NULL AND IS NOT COMPOSED OF (UPPER (T6), ‘ABCDEFGHILKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÂÀÇÉÊËÈÎÏÔÛÜ.'-!&/()#,') | Record rejected |
TVAL6-2 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T6 IS NOT NULL AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (UPPER (T6), ‘ABCDEFGHILKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÂÀÇÉÊËÈÎÏÔÛÜ .'-!&/()#,') AND NOT CONTAINS_WORD (UPPER (T6), ‘ABCDEFGHILKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÂÀÇÉÊËÈÎÏÔÛÜ', 2) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL6-1 | Name of place of residence is not exclusively composed of acceptable letters, accented characters or special characters. | Core error |
TVAL6-2 | Name of place of residence does not contain a word of at least 2 letters. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Business rules changed: Acceptable accented characters and special characters are specified. Edit logic: New edit logic added. Feedback report messages: New message added. |
TVAL7
Purpose
This edit validates the postal code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T7 | 6 | Postal code | TPOSTCOD |
T7.FIRST | 1 | 1st character of T7 | Not applicable |
T7.SECOND | 1 | 2nd character of T7 | Not applicable |
T7.THIRD | 1 | 3rd character of T7 | Not applicable |
T7.FOURTH | 1 | 4th character of T7 | Not applicable |
T7.FIFTH | 1 | 5th character of T7 | Not applicable |
T7.SIXTH | 1 | 6th character of T7 | Not applicable |
Business rules
- Must be 6 characters long.
- Can be unknown.
- If not unknown then
- 1st, 3rd and 5th characters must be uppercase letters: A-Z
- 2nd, 4th and 6th characters must be numbers: 0-9
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL7-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND (LENGTH(T7) <> 6 OR (T7 <> ‘999999' AND (T7.FIRST NOT IN [A-Z] OR T7.SECOND NOT IN [0-9] OR T7.THIRD NOT IN [A-Z] OR T7.FOURTH NOT IN [0-9] OR T7.FIFTH NOT IN [A-Z] OR T7.SIXTH NOT IN [0-9]))) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL7-1 | Postal code has an invalid format. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
TVAL8
Purpose
This edit validates the Standard geographic code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T8 | 7 | Standard geographic code | TCODPLAC |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
Business rules
- If Date of diagnosis is between 1992 and 1995 then Standard geographic code must be one of the Eligible Standard geographic classification codes from 1992 to 199512.
- If Date of diagnosis is between 1996 and 2000 then Standard geographic code must be one of the Eligible Standard geographic classification codes from 1996 to 200012.
- If Date of diagnosis is between 2001 and 2005 then Standard geographic code must be one of the Eligible Standard geographic classification codes from 2001 to 200512.
- If Date of Diagnosis is between 2006 and 2010 then Standard geographic code must be one of the Eligible Standard geographic classification codes from 2006 and 2010.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL8-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR BETWEEN (‘1992', ‘1995') AND T8 NOT IN [Eligible Standard geographic classification codes from 1992 to 1995] | Record rejected |
TVAL8-2 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR BETWEEN (‘1996', ‘2000') AND T8 NOT IN [Eligible Standard geographic classification codes from 1996 to 2000] | Record rejected |
TVAL8-3 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR BETWEEN (‘2001', ‘2005') AND T8 NOT IN [Eligible Standard geographic classification codes from 2001 to 2005] | Record rejected |
TVAL8-4 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR BETWEEN (‘2006', ‘2010') AND T8 NOT IN [Eligible Standard Geographic Classification codes from 2006 to 2010] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL8-1 | Standard geographic code is invalid according to the Standard geographic classification – 1991. | Core error |
TVAL8-2 | Standard geographic code is invalid according to the Standard geographic classification – 1996. | Core error |
TVAL8-3 | Standard geographic code is invalid according to the Standard geographic classification – 2001. | Core error |
TVAL8-4 | Standard geographic code is invalid according to the Standard geographic classification – 2006. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2006 | Business rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages added: SGC – 2006 added |
2001 | Business rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages added: SGC – 2001 added |
1996 | Business rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages added: SGC – 1996 added |
TVAL9
Purpose
This edit validates the census tract.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T9 | 9 | Census tract | TCENTRAC |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
Business rules
- If Date of diagnosis is between 1992 and 1995 then Census tract must be reported and must be one of the Eligible Census tracts from 1992 to 199512.
- If Date of diagnosis is between 1996 and 2000 then Census tract must be reported and must be one of the Eligible Census tracts from 1996 to 200012.
- If Date of diagnosis is between 2001 and 2005 then Census tract must be reported and must be one of the Eligible Census tracts from 2001 to 200512
- If Date of Diagnosis is 2006 and onwards then Census Tract must not be reported (field should be left blank).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL9-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR BETWEEN (‘1992', ‘1995') AND (T9 IS NULL OR T9 NOT IN [Eligible Census tracts from 1992 to 1995]) | Record rejected |
TVAL9-2 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR BETWEEN (‘1996', ‘2000') AND (T9 IS NULL OR T9 NOT IN [Eligible Census tracts from 1996 to 2000]) | Record rejected |
TVAL9-3 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR BETWEEN (‘2001', ‘2005') AND (T9 IS NULL OR T9 NOT IN [Eligible Census tracts from 2001 to 2005]) | Record rejected |
TVAL9-4 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= (‘2006') AND T9 <> NULL | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL9-1 | Census tract is invalid according to the Census tract Data Dictionary – 1991. | Core error |
TVAL9-2 | Census tract is invalid according to the Census tract Data Dictionary – 1996. | Core error |
TVAL9-3 | Census tract is invalid according to the Census tract Data Dictionary – 2001. | Core error |
TVAL9-4 | Census tract must not be reported for cases diagnosed in 2006 and onwards. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2006 | Business rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages added: Census tract effective date range ended in 2005. For cases diagnosed in 2006 and onwards, T9 (Census Tract) must be reported as blank (null) |
2001 | Business rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages added: Eligible Census tracts – 2001 added |
1996 | Business rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages added: Eligible Census tracts – 1996 added |
TVAL10
Purpose
This edit validates the health insurance number (HIN).
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T10 | 15 | Health insurance number | THIN |
Business rules
- If Health insurance number is reported then
- It must be at least 6 characters long.
- It must be exclusively composed of any of the following:
- Uppercase letters: A to Z
- Numbers: 0 to 9
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL10-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T10 IS NOT NULL AND LENGTH (T10) < 6 | Record rejected |
TVAL10-2 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T10 IS NOT NULL AND NOT IS_COMPOSED_OF (T10, ‘ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789') | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL10-1 | Health insurance number is less than 6 characters long. | Core error |
TVAL10-2 | Health insurance number is not exclusively composed of uppercase letters and/or numbers. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
TVAL11
Purpose
This edit validates the method of diagnosis code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T11 | 1 | Method of diagnosis | TMETHDIAG |
Business rules
- Method of diagnosis must be one of the Eligible method of diagnosis codes18.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL11-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T11 NOT IN [Eligible method of diagnosis codes] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL11-1 | Method of diagnosis code is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
TVAL12
Purpose
This edit validates the date of diagnosis.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12 | 8 | Date of diagnosis | TDATDIAG |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T12.MONTH | 2 | 5th and 6th digits of T12 (month of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T12.DAY | 2 | Last 2 digits of T12 (day of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
Parameters | Length | Description |
---|---|---|
CYCLE_YEAR | 4 | Reference year |
Business rules
- Must be exclusively composed of numbers: 0 to 9.
- Must be 8 digits long.
- Must be between January 1st, 1992 and December 31st of Reference year inclusively.
- Year cannot be unknown.
- If Month is unknown then Day must be unknown.
- If Year, Month and Day are known then it must be a valid calendar date.
- If Year and Month are known and Day is unknown then Month must be a valid month.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL12-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND (LENGTH (T12) <> 8 OR NOT IS_COMPOSED_OF (T12, ‘0123456789')) | Record rejected |
TVAL12-2 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (T12) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (T12, ‘0123456789') AND T12.MONTH = ‘99' AND T12.DAY <> ‘99' | Record rejected |
TVAL12-3 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (T12) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (T12, ‘0123456789'' AND (T12.YEAR < 1992 OR T12.YEAR > CYCLE_YEAR) | Record rejected |
TVAL12-4 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (T12) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (T12, ‘0123456789') AND T12.MONTH <> ‘99' AND T12.DAY <> ‘99' AND NOT IS_VALID_DATE (T12) | Record rejected |
TVAL12-5 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (T12) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (T12, ‘0123456789') AND T12.MONTH NOT IN [‘01'-'12', ‘99'] AND T12.DAY = ‘99' | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL12-1 | Date of diagnosis is not composed of 8 numbers. | Core error |
TVAL12-2 | Date of diagnosis: Improper use of ‘Unknown' code. | Core error |
TVAL12-3 | Date of diagnosis must be between January 1st, 1992 and December 31st of Reference year inclusively. | Core error |
TVAL12-4 | Date of diagnosis is not a valid calendar date. | Core error |
TVAL12-5 | Date of diagnosis is not a valid partial date: month is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
TVAL13
Purpose
This edit validates the ICD-9 cancer code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T13 | 4 | ICD-9 cancer code | TICD_9 |
Business rules
- If ICD-9 Cancer code is reported then it must be one of the Eligible ICD-9 Cancer codes19.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL13-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T13 <> ‘0000' AND T13 NOT IN [Eligible ICD-9 Cancer codes] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL13-1 | ICD-9 Cancer code is either invalid or not eligible for the CCR system. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
TVAL14
Purpose
This edit validates the source classification flag.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T14 | 1 | Source classification flag | TSCF |
Business rules
- Source classification flag must be one of the Eligible source classification flags20.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL14-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T14 NOT IN [Eligible source classification flags] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL14-1 | Source classification flag is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
TVAL15
Purpose
This edit validates the ICD-O-2/3 topography code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
Business rules
- ICD-O-2/3 Topography must be one of the Eligible ICD-O-2/3 Topography codes12.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL15-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T15 NOT IN [Eligible ICD-O-2/3 Topography codes] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL15-1 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography code is either invalid or not eligible for the CCR System. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
TVAL16
Purpose
This edit validates the ICD-O-2 histology code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T16 | 4 | ICD-O-2 Histology | TICD_O2H |
Business rules
- If ICD-O-2 Histology is reported then it must be one of the Eligible ICD–O–2 Histology codes12.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL16-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T15 <> ‘0000' AND T16 NOT IN [Eligible ICD-O-2 Histology codes] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL16-1 | ICD-O-2 Histology code is either invalid or not eligible for the CCR System. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
TVAL17
Purpose
This edit validates the ICD-O-2 Behaviour code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T17 | 1 | ICD-O-2 Behaviour | TICD_O2B |
Business rules
- If ICD-O-2 Behaviour is reported then it must be one of the Eligible ICD–O–2 Behaviour codes21.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL17-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T17 NOT IN [Eligible ICD–O–;2 Behaviour codes] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL17-1 | ICD-O-2 Behaviour code is either invalid or not eligible for the CCR system. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
TVAL18
Purpose
Not applicable
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T18 | 4 | Filler | Not applicable |
Business rules
- Filler can be anything, including blank.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable | Not applicable |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable | Not applicable |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit removed: Filler can be anything, including blank. |
Note
This empty validation is kept as a placeholder for future requirement implementation.
TVAL19
Purpose
This edit validates the laterality code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T19 | 1 | Laterality | TLATERAL |
Business rules
- Laterality must be one of the Eligible laterality codes22.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL19-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T19 NOT IN [Eligible laterality codes] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL19-1 | Laterality code is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
TVAL20
Purpose
Not applicable
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T20 | 1 | Filler | Not applicable |
Business rules
- Filler can be anything, including blank.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable | Not applicable |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable | Not applicable |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit removed: Filler can be anything, including blank. |
Note:
This empty validation is kept as a placeholder for future requirement implementation.
TVAL21
Purpose
This edit validates the ICD-O-3 Histology code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
Business rules
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL21-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T21 NOT IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Histology codes] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL21-1 | ICD-O-3 Histology code is either invalid or not eligible for the CCR System. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Current edit was formerly known as Validation edit No.21M. |
TVAL22
Purpose
This edit validates the ICD-O-3 Behaviour code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
Business rules
- ICD-O-3 Behaviour must be one of the Eligible ICD–O–3 Behaviour codes24.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL22-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T22 NOT IN [Eligible ICD–O–3 Behaviour codes] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL22-1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour code is either invalid or not eligible for the CCR system. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit reorganized: Edit formerly known as Validation edit No.22 moved to TVAL26. Edit renamed: Current edit was formerly known as Validation edit No.21B. |
TVAL23
Purpose
This edit validates the grade, differentiation or cell indicator code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T23 | 1 | Grade, differentiation or cell indicator | TGRADE |
Business rules
- Grade, differentiation or cell indicator must be one of the Eligible grade, differentiation or cell indicator codes25.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL23-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T23 NOT IN [Eligible grade, differentiation or cell indicator codes] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL23-1 | Grade, differentiation or cell indicator code is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit reorganized: Edit formerly known as Validation edit No.23 moved to TVAL24. Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL24
Purpose
This edit validates the method used to establish the date of diagnosis code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T24 | 1 | Method used to establish the date of diagnosis | TMETHUSED |
Business rules
- Method used to establish the date of diagnosis must be one of the Eligible method used to establish the date of diagnosis codes26.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL24-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T24 NOT IN [Eligible method used to establish the date of diagnosis codes] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL24-1 | Method used to establish the date of diagnosis code is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit reorganized: Edit formerly known as Validation edit No.24 moved to TVAL25. Edit renamed: Current edit formerly known as Validation edit No.23. |
TVAL25
Purpose
This edit validates the diagnostic confirmation code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T25 | 1 | Diagnostic Confirmation | TMETHCONF |
Business rules
- Diagnostic confirmation must be one of the Eligible diagnostic confirmation codes27.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL25-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T25 NOT IN [Eligible diagnostic confirmation codes] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL25-1 | Diagnostic confirmation code is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Current edit formerly known as Validation edit No.24. |
TVAL26
Purpose
This edit validates the tumour date of transmission.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T26 | 8 | Tumour date of transmission | TDATTRAN |
T26.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T26 (year of date of transmission) | Not applicable |
T26.MONTH | 2 | 5th and 6th digits of T26 (month of date of transmission) | Not applicable |
T26.DAY | 2 | 7th and 8th digits of T26 (day of date of transmission) | Not applicable |
Parameters | Length | Description |
---|---|---|
LOAD_DATE | 8 | Statistics Canada loading date: Date on the Statistics Canada computer clock when the data are loaded on the CCR database. |
Business rules
- Cannot be blank.
- Must be exclusively composed of numbers: 0 to 9.
- Must be 8 digits long.
- Must be a valid calendar date.
- Must be within the previous 10 months from Statistics Canada loading date.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL26-1 | T26 IS NULL | Record rejected |
TVAL26-2 | T26 IS NOT NULL AND (LENGTH (T26) <> 8 OR NOT IS_COMPOSED_OF (T26, ‘0123456789')) | Record rejected |
TVAL26-3 | T26 IS NOT NULL AND LENGTH (T26) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (T26, ‘0123456789') AND NOT IS_VALID_DATE (T26) | Record rejected |
TVAL26-4 | T26 IS NOT NULL AND LENGTH (T26) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (P26, ‘0123456789') AND IS_VALID_DATE (T26) AND T26 > LOAD_DATE | Record rejected |
TVAL26-5 | T26 IS NOT NULL AND LENGTH (T26) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (T26, ‘0123456789') AND IS_VALID_DATE (T26) AND T26 < (LOAD_DATE – 10 months) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL26-1 | Tumour date of transmission is missing. | Core fatal error |
TVAL26-2 | Tumour date of transmission is not 8 digits long. | Core fatal error |
TVAL26-3 | Tumour date of transmission is not a valid calendar date. | Core fatal error |
TVAL26-4 | Tumour date of transmission is after Statistics Canada loading date. | Core fatal error |
TVAL26-5 | Tumour date of transmission is more than 10 months before Statistics Canada loading date. | Core fatal error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Current edit formerly known as Validation edit No.22. |
TVAL27
Purpose
This edit validates CS tumour size.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD–O–3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T27 | 3 | CS tumour size | TCSTSIZE |
T28 | 2 | CS extension | TCSEXTN |
T29 | 1 | CS tumour size/ext eval | TCSEVAL |
T30 | 2 | CS lymph nodes | TCSLNODE |
T31 | 1 | CS reg nodes eval | TCSRNEVL |
T32 | 2 | Regional nodes examined | TCSRNEXAM |
T33 | 2 | Regional nodes positive | TCSRNPOS |
T34 | 2 | CS mets at dx | TCSMDIAG |
T35 | 1 | CS mets eval | TCSMEVAL |
T36 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 1 | TCSSSF1 |
T37 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 2 | TCSSSF2 |
T38 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 3 | TCSSSF3 |
T39 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 4 | TCSSSF4 |
T40 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 5 | TCSSSF5 |
T41 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 6 | TCSSSF6 |
T52 | 6 | CS Version 1st | TCSFVER |
Business rules
- CS tumour size must be valid according to the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm with respect to the CS schema (derived from ICD-O-2/3 Topography and ICD-O-3 Histology).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL27-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= ‘2004' AND (T27<>'999' OR T28<>'99' OR T29<>'9' OR T30<>'99' OR T31<>'9' OR T32<>'99' OR T33<>'99' OR T34<>'99' OR T35<>'9' OR T36<>'999' OR T37<>'999' OR T38<>'999' OR T39<>'999' OR T40<>'999' OR T41<>'999' OR T52 <>'999999') AND NOT VALID_CS_TUMOUR_SIZE(T15, T21, T27) | CS data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL27-1 | CS tumour size is invalid for the corresponding CS Schema, based on the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm. | CS error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Referenced fields, Business Rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages updated: Validation is now done using the recommended version of the AJCC CS algorithm |
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL28
Purpose
This edit validates CS extension.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD—O–3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T27 | 3 | CS tumour size | TCSTSIZE |
T28 | 2 | CS extension | TCSEXTN |
T29 | 1 | CS tumour size/ext eval | TCSEVAL |
T30 | 2 | CS lymph nodes | TCSLNODE |
T31 | 1 | CS reg nodes eval | TCSRNEVL |
T32 | 2 | Regional nodes examined | TCSRNEXAM |
T33 | 2 | Regional nodes positive | TCSRNPOS |
T34 | 2 | CS mets at dx | TCSMDIAG |
T35 | 1 | CS mets eval | TCSMEVAL |
T36 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 1 | TCSSSF1 |
T37 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 2 | TCSSSF2 |
T38 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 3 | TCSSSF3 |
T39 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 4 | TCSSSF4 |
T40 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 5 | TCSSSF5 |
T41 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 6 | TCSSSF6 |
T52 | 6 | CS Version 1st | TCSFVER |
Business rules
- CS extension must be valid according to the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm with respect to the CS schema (derived from ICD-O-2/3 Topography and ICD-O-3 Histology).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL28-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= ‘2004' AND (T27<>'999' OR T28<>'99' OR T29<>'9' OR T30<>'99' OR T31<>'9' OR T32<>'99' OR T33<>'99' OR T34<>'99' OR T35<>'9' OR T36<>'999' OR T37<>'999' OR T38<>'999' OR T39<>'999' OR T40<>'999' OR T41<>'999' OR T52 <> ‘999999') AND NOT VALID_CS_EXTENSION(T15, T21, T28) | CS data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL28-1 | CS extension is invalid for the corresponding CS Schema, based on the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm. | CS error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Referenced fields, Business Rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages updated: Validation is now done using the recommended version of the AJCC CS algorithm |
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL29
Purpose
This edit validates CS tumour size/ext eval.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD–O–3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T27 | 3 | CS tumour size | TCSTSIZE |
T28 | 2 | CS extension | TCSEXTN |
T29 | 1 | CS tumour size/ext eval | TCSEVAL |
T30 | 2 | CS lymph nodes | TCSLNODE |
T31 | 1 | CS reg nodes eval | TCSRNEVL |
T32 | 2 | Regional nodes examined | TCSRNEXAM |
T33 | 2 | Regional nodes positive | TCSRNPOS |
T34 | 2 | CS mets at dx | TCSMDIAG |
T35 | 1 | CS mets eval | TCSMEVAL |
T36 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 1 | TCSSSF1 |
T37 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 2 | TCSSSF2 |
T38 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 3 | TCSSSF3 |
T39 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 4 | TCSSSF4 |
T40 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 5 | TCSSSF5 |
T41 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 6 | TCSSSF6 |
T52 | 6 | CS Version 1st | TCSFVER |
Business rules
- CS tumour size/ext eval must be valid according to the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm with respect to the CS schema (derived from ICD-O-2/3 Topography and ICD-O-3 Histology).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL29-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= ‘2004' AND (T27<>'999' OR T28<>'99' OR T29<>'9' OR T30<>'99' OR T31<>'9' OR T32<>'99' OR T33<>'99' OR T34<>'99' OR T35<>'9' OR T36<>'999' OR T37<>'999' OR T38<>'999' OR T39<>'999' OR T40<>'999' OR T41<>'999' OR T52 <> ‘999999') AND NOT VALID _CS_TUMOUR_SIZE/EXT_EVAL(T15, T21, T29) | CS data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL29-1 | CS tumour size/ext eval is invalid for the corresponding CS Schema, based on the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm. | CS error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Referenced fields, Business Rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages updated: Validation is now done using the recommended version of the AJCC CS algorithm |
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL30
Purpose
This edit validates CS lymph nodes.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD–O–3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T27 | 3 | CS tumour size | TCSTSIZE |
T28 | 2 | CS extension | TCSEXTN |
T29 | 1 | CS tumour size/ext eval | TCSEVAL |
T30 | 2 | CS lymph nodes | TCSLNODE |
T31 | 1 | CS reg nodes eval | TCSRNEVL |
T32 | 2 | Regional nodes examined | TCSRNEXAM |
T33 | 2 | Regional nodes positive | TCSRNPOS |
T34 | 2 | CS mets at dx | TCSMDIAG |
T35 | 1 | CS mets eval | TCSMEVAL |
T36 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 1 | TCSSSF1 |
T37 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 2 | TCSSSF2 |
T38 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 3 | TCSSSF3 |
T39 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 4 | TCSSSF4 |
T40 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 5 | TCSSSF5 |
T41 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 6 | TCSSSF6 |
T52 | 6 | CS Version 1st | TCSFVER |
Business rules
- CS lymph nodes must be valid according to the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm with respect to the CS schema (derived from ICD-O-2/3 Topography and ICD-O-3 Histology).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL30-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= ‘2004' AND (T27<>'999' OR T28<>'99' OR T29<>'9' OR T30<>'99' OR T31<>'9' OR T32<>'99' OR T33<>'99' OR T34<>'99' OR T35<>'9' OR T36<>'999' OR T37<>'999' OR T38<>'999' OR T39<>'999' OR T40<>'999' OR T41<>'999' OR T52 <> ‘999999') AND NOT VALID CS_LYMPH_NODES(T15, T21, T30) | CS data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL30-1 | CS lymph nodes is invalid for the corresponding CS Schema, based on the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm. | CS error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Referenced fields, Business Rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages updated: Validation is now done using the recommended version of the AJCC CS algorithm |
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL31
Purpose
This edit validates CS reg nodes eval.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD–O–3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T27 | 3 | CS tumour size | TCSTSIZE |
T28 | 2 | CS extension | TCSEXTN |
T29 | 1 | CS tumour size/ext eval | TCSEVAL |
T30 | 2 | CS lymph nodes | TCSLNODE |
T31 | 1 | CS reg nodes eval | TCSRNEVL |
T32 | 2 | Regional nodes examined | TCSRNEXAM |
T33 | 2 | Regional nodes positive | TCSRNPOS |
T34 | 2 | CS mets at dx | TCSMDIAG |
T35 | 1 | CS mets eval | TCSMEVAL |
T36 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 1 | TCSSSF1 |
T37 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 2 | TCSSSF2 |
T38 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 3 | TCSSSF3 |
T39 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 4 | TCSSSF4 |
T40 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 5 | TCSSSF5 |
T41 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 6 | TCSSSF6 |
T52 | 6 | CS Version 1st | TCSFVER |
Business rules
- CS reg nodes eval must be valid according to the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm with respect to the CS schema (derived from ICD-O-2/3 Topography and ICD-O-3 Histology).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL31-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= ‘2004' AND (T27<>'999' OR T28<>'99' OR T29<>'9' OR T30<>'99' OR T31<>'9' OR T32<>'99' OR T33<>'99' OR T34<>'99' OR T35<>'9' OR T36<>'999' OR T37<>'999' OR T38<>'999' OR T39<>'999' OR T40<>'999' OR T41<>'999' OR T52 <> ‘999999') AND NOT VALID_CS_REG_NODES_EVAL(T15, T21, T31) | CS data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL31-1 | CS reg nodes eval is invalid for the corresponding CS Schema, based on the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm. | CS error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Referenced fields, Business Rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages updated: Validation is now done using the recommended version of the AJCC CS algorithm |
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL32
Purpose
This edit validates regional nodes examined.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD–O–3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T27 | 3 | CS tumour size | TCSTSIZE |
T28 | 2 | CS extension | TCSEXTN |
T29 | 1 | CS tumour size/ext eval | TCSEVAL |
T30 | 2 | CS lymph nodes | TCSLNODE |
T31 | 1 | CS reg nodes eval | TCSRNEVL |
T32 | 2 | Regional nodes examined | TCSRNEXAM |
T33 | 2 | Regional nodes positive | TCSRNPOS |
T34 | 2 | CS mets at dx | TCSMDIAG |
T35 | 1 | CS mets eval | TCSMEVAL |
T36 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 1 | TCSSSF1 |
T37 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 2 | TCSSSF2 |
T38 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 3 | TCSSSF3 |
T39 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 4 | TCSSSF4 |
T40 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 5 | TCSSSF5 |
T41 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 6 | TCSSSF6 |
T52 | 6 | CS Version 1st | TCSFVER |
Business rules
- Regional nodes examined must be valid according to the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm with respect to the CS schema (derived from ICD-O-2/3 Topography and ICD-O-3 Histology).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL32-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= ‘2004' AND (T27<>'999' OR T28<>'99' OR T29<>'9' OR T30<>'99' OR T31<>'9' OR T32<>'99' OR T33<>'99' OR T34<>'99' OR T35<>'9' OR T36<>'999' OR T37<>'999' OR T38<>'999' OR T39<>'999' OR T40<>'999' OR T41<>'999' OR T52 <> ‘999999') AND NOT VALID_REGIONAL_NODES_EXAMINED(T15, T21, T32) | CS data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL32-1 | Regional nodes examined is invalid for the corresponding CS Schema, based on the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm. | CS error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Referenced fields, Business Rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages updated: Validation is now done using the recommended version of the AJCC CS algorithm |
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL33
Purpose
This edit validates regional nodes positive.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD–O–3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T27 | 3 | CS tumour size | TCSTSIZE |
T28 | 2 | CS extension | TCSEXTN |
T29 | 1 | CS tumour size/ext eval | TCSEVAL |
T30 | 2 | CS lymph nodes | TCSLNODE |
T31 | 1 | CS reg nodes eval | TCSRNEVL |
T32 | 2 | Regional nodes examined | TCSRNEXAM |
T33 | 2 | Regional nodes positive | TCSRNPOS |
T34 | 2 | CS mets at dx | TCSMDIAG |
T35 | 1 | CS mets eval | TCSMEVAL |
T36 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 1 | TCSSSF1 |
T37 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 2 | TCSSSF2 |
T38 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 3 | TCSSSF3 |
T39 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 4 | TCSSSF4 |
T40 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 5 | TCSSSF5 |
T41 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 6 | TCSSSF6 |
T52 | 6 | CS Version 1st | TCSFVER |
Business rules
- Regional nodes positive must be valid according to the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm with respect to the CS schema (derived from ICD-O-2/3 Topography and ICD-O-3 Histology).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL33-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= ‘2004' AND (T27<>'999' OR T28<>'99' OR T29<>'9' OR T30<>'99' OR T31<>'9' OR T32<>'99' OR T33<>'99' OR T34<>'99' OR T35<>'9' OR T36<>'999' OR T37<>'999' OR T38<>'999' OR T39<>'999' OR T40<>'999' OR T41<>'999' OR T52 <> ‘999999') AND NOT VALID_REGIONAL_NODES_POSITIVE(T15, T21, T33) | CS data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL33-1 | Regional nodes positive is invalid for the corresponding CS Schema, based on the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm. | CS error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Referenced fields, Business Rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages updated: Validation is now done using the recommended version of the AJCC CS algorithm |
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL34
Purpose
This edit validates CS mets at dx.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD–O–3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T27 | 3 | CS tumour size | TCSTSIZE |
T28 | 2 | CS extension | TCSEXTN |
T29 | 1 | CS tumour size/ext eval | TCSEVAL |
T30 | 2 | CS lymph nodes | TCSLNODE |
T31 | 1 | CS reg nodes eval | TCSRNEVL |
T32 | 2 | Regional nodes examined | TCSRNEXAM |
T33 | 2 | Regional nodes positive | TCSRNPOS |
T34 | 2 | CS mets at dx | TCSMDIAG |
T35 | 1 | CS mets eval | TCSMEVAL |
T36 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 1 | TCSSSF1 |
T37 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 2 | TCSSSF2 |
T38 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 3 | TCSSSF3 |
T39 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 4 | TCSSSF4 |
T40 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 5 | TCSSSF5 |
T41 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 6 | TCSSSF6 |
T52 | 6 | CS Version 1st | TCSFVER |
Business rules
- CS mets at dx must be valid according to the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm with respect to the CS schema (derived from ICD-O-2/3 Topography and ICD-O-3 Histology).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL34-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= ‘2004' AND (T27<>'999' OR T28<>'99' OR T29<>'9' OR T30<>'99' OR T31<>'9' OR T32<>'99' OR T33<>'99' OR T34<>'99' OR T35<>'9' OR T36<>'999' OR T37<>'999' OR T38 <>'999' OR T39<>'999' OR T40<>'999' OR T41<>'999' OR T52 <> ‘999999') AND NOT VALID_CS_METS_AT_DX(T15, T21, T34) | CS data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL34-1 | CS mets at dx is invalid for the corresponding CS Schema, based on the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm. | CS error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Referenced fields, Business Rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages updated: Validation is now done using the recommended version of the AJCC CS algorithm |
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL35
Purpose
This edit validates CS mets eval.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD–O–3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T27 | 3 | CS tumour size | TCSTSIZE |
T28 | 2 | CS extension | TCSEXTN |
T29 | 1 | CS tumour size/ext eval | TCSEVAL |
T30 | 2 | CS lymph nodes | TCSLNODE |
T31 | 1 | CS reg nodes eval | TCSRNEVL |
T32 | 2 | Regional nodes examined | TCSRNEXAM |
T33 | 2 | Regional nodes positive | TCSRNPOS |
T34 | 2 | CS mets at dx | TCSMDIAG |
T35 | 1 | CS mets eval | TCSMEVAL |
T36 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 1 | TCSSSF1 |
T37 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 2 | TCSSSF2 |
T38 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 3 | TCSSSF3 |
T39 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 4 | TCSSSF4 |
T40 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 5 | TCSSSF5 |
T41 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 6 | TCSSSF6 |
T52 | 6 | CS Version 1st | TCSFVER |
Business rules
- CS mets eval must be valid according to the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm with respect to the CS schema (derived from ICD-O-2/3 Topography and ICD-O-3 Histology).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL35-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2']AND T12.YEAR >= ‘2004' AND (T27<>'999' OR T28<>'99' OR T29<>'9' OR T30<>'99' OR T31<>'9' OR T32<>'99' OR T33<>'99' OR T34<>'99' OR T35<>'9' OR T36<>'999' OR T37<>'999' OR T38<>'999' OR T39<>'999' OR T40<>'999' OR T41<>'999' OR T52 <> ‘999999') AND NOT VALID_CS_METS_EVAL(T15, T21, T35) | CS data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL35-1 | CS mets eval is invalid for the corresponding CS Schema, based on the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm. | CS error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Referenced fields, Business Rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages updated: Validation is now done using the recommended version of the AJCC CS algorithm |
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL36
Purpose
This edit validates CS site-specific factor 1.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD–O–3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T27 | 3 | CS tumour size | TCSTSIZE |
T28 | 2 | CS extension | TCSEXTN |
T29 | 1 | CS tumour size/ext eval | TCSEVAL |
T30 | 2 | CS lymph nodes | TCSLNODE |
T31 | 1 | CS reg nodes eval | TCSRNEVL |
T32 | 2 | Regional nodes examined | TCSRNEXAM |
T33 | 2 | Regional nodes positive | TCSRNPOS |
T34 | 2 | CS mets at dx | TCSMDIAG |
T35 | 1 | CS mets eval | TCSMEVAL |
T36 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 1 | TCSSSF1 |
T37 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 2 | TCSSSF2 |
T38 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 3 | TCSSSF3 |
T39 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 4 | TCSSSF4 |
T40 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 5 | TCSSSF5 |
T41 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 6 | TCSSSF6 |
T52 | 6 | CS Version 1st | TCSFVER |
Business rules
- CS site-specific factor 1 must be valid according to the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm with respect to the CS schema (derived from ICD-O-2/3 Topography and ICD-O-3 Histology).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL36-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= ‘2004' AND (T27<>'999' OR T28<>'99' OR T29<>'9' OR T30<>'99' OR T31<>'9' OR T32<>'99' OR T33<>'99' OR T34<>'99' OR T35<>'9' OR T36<>'999' OR T37<>'999' OR T38<>'999' OR T39<>'999' OR T40<>'999' OR T41<>'999' OR T52 <> ‘999999') AND NOT VALID_CS_SITE-SPECIFIC_FACTOR_1(T15, T21, T36) | CS data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL36-1 | CS site-specific factor 1 is invalid for the corresponding CS Schema, based on the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm. | CS error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Referenced fields, Business Rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages updated: Validation is now done using the recommended version of the AJCC CS algorithm. |
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL37
Purpose
This edit validates CS site-specific factor 2.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD–O–3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T27 | 3 | CS tumour size | TCSTSIZE |
T28 | 2 | CS extension | TCSEXTN |
T29 | 1 | CS tumour size/ext eval | TCSEVAL |
T30 | 2 | CS lymph nodes | TCSLNODE |
T31 | 1 | CS reg nodes eval | TCSRNEVL |
T32 | 2 | Regional nodes examined | TCSRNEXAM |
T33 | 2 | Regional nodes positive | TCSRNPOS |
T34 | 2 | CS mets at dx | TCSMDIAG |
T35 | 1 | CS mets eval | TCSMEVAL |
T36 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 1 | TCSSSF1 |
T37 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 2 | TCSSSF2 |
T38 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 3 | TCSSSF3 |
T39 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 4 | TCSSSF4 |
T40 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 5 | TCSSSF5 |
T41 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 6 | TCSSSF6 |
T52 | 6 | CS Version 1st | TCSFVER |
Business rules
- CS site-specific factor 2 must be valid according to the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm with respect to the CS schema (derived from ICD-O-2/3 Topography and ICD-O-3 Histology).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL37-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= ‘2004' AND (T27<>'999' OR T28<>'99' OR T29<>'9' OR T30<>'99' OR T31<>'9' OR T32<>'99' OR T33<>'99' OR T34<>'99' OR T35<>'9' OR T36<>'999' OR T37<>'999' OR T38<>'999' OR T39<>'999' OR T40<>'999' OR T41<>'999' OR T52 <> ‘999999') AND NOT VALID_CS_SITE-SPECIFIC_FACTOR_2(T15, T21, T37) | CS data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL37-1 | CS site-specific factor 2 is invalid for the corresponding CS Schema, based on the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm. | CS error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Referenced fields, Business Rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages updated: Validation is now done using the recommended version of the AJCC CS algorithm. |
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL38
Purpose
This edit validates CS site-specific factor 3.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD–O–3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T27 | 3 | CS tumour size | TCSTSIZE |
T28 | 2 | CS extension | TCSEXTN |
T29 | 1 | CS tumour size/ext eval | TCSEVAL |
T30 | 2 | CS lymph nodes | TCSLNODE |
T31 | 1 | CS reg nodes eval | TCSRNEVL |
T32 | 2 | Regional nodes examined | TCSRNEXAM |
T33 | 2 | Regional nodes positive | TCSRNPOS |
T34 | 2 | CS mets at dx | TCSMDIAG |
T35 | 1 | CS mets eval | TCSMEVAL |
T36 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 1 | TCSSSF1 |
T37 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 2 | TCSSSF2 |
T38 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 3 | TCSSSF3 |
T39 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 4 | TCSSSF4 |
T40 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 5 | TCSSSF5 |
T41 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 6 | TCSSSF6 |
T52 | 6 | CS Version 1st | TCSFVER |
Business rules
- CS site-specific factor 3 must be valid according to the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm with respect to the CS schema (derived from ICD-O-2/3 Topography and ICD-O-3 Histology).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL38-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= ‘2004' AND (T27<>'999' OR T28<>'99' OR T29<>'9' OR T30<>'99' OR T31<>'9' OR T32<>'99' OR T33<>'99' OR T34<>'99' OR T35<>'9' OR T36<>'999' OR T37<>'999' OR T38<>'999' OR T39<>'999' OR T40<>'999' OR T41<>'999' OR T52 <> ‘999999') AND NOT VALID_CS_SITE-SPECIFIC_FACTOR_3(T15, T21, T38) | CS data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL38-1 | CS site-specific factor 3 is invalid for the corresponding CS Schema, based on the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm. | CS error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Referenced fields, Business Rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages updated: Validation is now done using the recommended version of the AJCC CS algorithm. |
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL39
Purpose
This edit validates CS site-specific factor 4.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD–O–3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T27 | 3 | CS tumour size | TCSTSIZE |
T28 | 2 | CS extension | TCSEXTN |
T29 | 1 | CS tumour size/ext eval | TCSEVAL |
T30 | 2 | CS lymph nodes | TCSLNODE |
T31 | 1 | CS reg nodes eval | TCSRNEVL |
T32 | 2 | Regional nodes examined | TCSRNEXAM |
T33 | 2 | Regional nodes positive | TCSRNPOS |
T34 | 2 | CS mets at dx | TCSMDIAG |
T35 | 1 | CS mets eval | TCSMEVAL |
T36 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 1 | TCSSSF1 |
T37 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 2 | TCSSSF2 |
T38 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 3 | TCSSSF3 |
T39 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 4 | TCSSSF4 |
T40 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 5 | TCSSSF5 |
T41 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 6 | TCSSSF6 |
T52 | 6 | CS Version 1st | TCSFVER |
Business rules
- CS site-specific factor 4 must be valid according to the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm with respect to the CS schema (derived from ICD-O-2/3 Topography and ICD-O-3 Histology).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL39-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= ‘2004' AND (T27<>'999' OR T28<>'99' OR T29<>'9' OR T30<>'99' OR T31<>'9' OR T32<>'99' OR T33<>'99' OR T34<>'99' OR T35<>'9' OR T36<>'999' OR T37<>'999' OR T38<>'999' OR T39<>'999' OR T40<>'999' OR T41<>'999' OR T52 <> ‘999999') AND NOT VALID_CS_SITE-SPECIFIC_FACTOR_4(T15, T21, T39) | CS data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL39-1 | CS site-specific factor 4 is invalid for the corresponding CS Schema, based on the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm. | CS error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Referenced fields, Business Rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages updated: Validation is now done using the recommended version of the AJCC CS algorithm. |
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL40
Purpose
This edit validates CS site-specific factor 5.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD–O–3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T27 | 3 | CS tumour size | TCSTSIZE |
T28 | 2 | CS extension | TCSEXTN |
T29 | 1 | CS tumour size/ext eval | TCSEVAL |
T30 | 2 | CS lymph nodes | TCSLNODE |
T31 | 1 | CS reg nodes eval | TCSRNEVL |
T32 | 2 | Regional nodes examined | TCSRNEXAM |
T33 | 2 | Regional nodes positive | TCSRNPOS |
T34 | 2 | CS mets at dx | TCSMDIAG |
T35 | 1 | CS mets eval | TCSMEVAL |
T36 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 1 | TCSSSF1 |
T37 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 2 | TCSSSF2 |
T38 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 3 | TCSSSF3 |
T39 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 4 | TCSSSF4 |
T40 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 5 | TCSSSF5 |
T41 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 6 | TCSSSF6 |
T52 | 6 | CS Version 1st | TCSFVER |
Business rules
- CS site-specific factor 5 must be valid according to the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm with respect to the CS schema (derived from ICD-O-2/3 Topography and ICD-O-3 Histology).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL40-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= ‘2004' AND (T27<>'999' OR T28<>'99' OR T29<>'9' OR T30<>'99' OR T31<>'9' OR T32<>'99' OR T33<>'99' OR T34<>'99' OR T35<>'9' OR T36<>'999' OR T37<>'999' OR T38<>'999' OR T39<>'999' OR T40<>'999' OR T41<>'999' OR T52 <> ‘999999') AND NOT VALID_CS_SITE-SPECIFIC_FACTOR_5(T15, T21, T40) | CS data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL40-1 | CS site-specific factor 5 is invalid for the corresponding CS Schema, based on the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm. | CS error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Referenced fields, Business Rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages updated: Validation is now done using the recommended version of the AJCC CS algorithm |
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL41
Purpose
This edit validates CS site-specific factor 6.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD–O–2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD–O–3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T27 | 3 | CS tumour size | TCSTSIZE |
T28 | 2 | CS extension | TCSEXTN |
T29 | 1 | CS tumour size/ext eval | TCSEVAL |
T30 | 2 | CS lymph nodes | TCSLNODE |
T31 | 1 | CS reg nodes eval | TCSRNEVL |
T32 | 2 | Regional nodes examined | TCSRNEXAM |
T33 | 2 | Regional nodes positive | TCSRNPOS |
T34 | 2 | CS mets at dx | TCSMDIAG |
T35 | 1 | CS mets eval | TCSMEVAL |
T36 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 1 | TCSSSF1 |
T37 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 2 | TCSSSF2 |
T38 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 3 | TCSSSF3 |
T39 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 4 | TCSSSF4 |
T40 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 5 | TCSSSF5 |
T41 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 6 | TCSSSF6 |
T52 | 6 | CS Version 1st | TCSFVER |
Business rules
- CS site-specific factor 6 must be valid according to the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm with respect to the CS schema (derived from ICD-O-2/3 Topography and ICD-O-3 Histology).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL41-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= ‘2004' AND (T27<>'999' OR T28<>'99' OR T29<>'9' OR T30<>'99' OR T31<>'9' OR T32<>'99' OR T33<>'99' OR T34<>'99' OR T35<>'9' OR T36<>'999' OR T37<>'999' OR T38<>'999' OR T39<>'999' OR T40<>'999' OR T41<>'999' OR T52 <> ‘999999') AND NOT VALID_CS_SITE-SPECIFIC_FACTOR_6(T15, T21, T41) | CS data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL41-1 | CS site-specific factor 6 is invalid for the corresponding CS Schema, based on the recommended version of the AJCC CS Algorithm. | CS error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Referenced fields, Business Rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages updated: Validation is now done using the recommended version of the AJCC CS algorithm |
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL42
Purpose
This edit validates AJCC clinical T
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
T42 | 9 | AJCC clinical T | TAJCCCLINT |
Business rules
- AJCC clinical T must be one of the Eligible AJCC clinical T values for the corresponding site30.
To simplify the edit logic, let Site X be a given site within the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope. Example: Colorectal, breast or prostate.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL42-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for Site X] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X] AND T42 NOT IN [Eligible AJCC clinical T for Site X] | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL42-1 | AJCC clinical T is invalid for reported site. | AJCC TNM error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL43
Purpose
This edit validates AJCC clinical N.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
T43 | 3 | AJCC clinical N | TAJCCCLINN |
Business rules
- AJCC clinical N must be one of the Eligible AJCC clinical N values for the corresponding site31.
To simplify the edit logic, let Site X be a given site within the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope. Example : Colorectal, breast or prostate.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL43-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for Site X] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X] AND T43 NOT IN [Eligible AJCC clinical N for Site X] | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL43-1 | AJCC clinical N is invalid for reported site. | AJCC TNM error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL44
Purpose
This edit validates AJCC clinical M.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
T44 | 3 | AJCC clinical M | TAJCCCLINM |
Business rules
- AJCC clinical M must be one of the Eligible AJCC clinical M values for the corresponding site32.
To simplify the edit logic, let Site X be a given site within the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope. Ex: Colorectal, breast or prostate.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL44-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for Site X] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X] AND T44 NOT IN [Eligible AJCC clinical M for Site X] | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL44-1 | AJCC clinical M is invalid for reported site. | AJCC TNM error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL45
Purpose
This edit validates AJCC pathologic T.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
T45 | 9 | AJCC pathologic T | TAJCCPATHT |
Business rules
- AJCC pathologic T must be one of the Eligible AJCC pathologic T values for the corresponding site33.
To simplify the edit logic, let Site X be a given site within the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope. Example: Colorectal, breast or prostate.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL45-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for Site X] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X] AND T45 NOT IN [Eligible AJCC pathologic T for Site X] | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL45-1 | AJCC pathologic T is invalid for reported site. | AJCC TNM error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL46
Purpose
This edit validates AJCC pathologic N.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
T46 | 3 | AJCC pathologic N | TAJCCPATHN |
Business rules
- AJCC pathologic N must be one of the Eligible AJCC pathologic N values for the corresponding site34.
To simplify the edit logic, let Site X be a given site within the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope. Example: Colorectal, breast or prostate.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL46-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for Site X] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X] AND T46 NOT IN [Eligible AJCC pathologic N for Site X] | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL46-1 | AJCC pathologic N is invalid for reported site. | AJCC TNM error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL47
Purpose
This edit validates AJCC pathologic M.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
T47 | 3 | AJCC pathologic M | TAJCCPATHM |
Business rules
- AJCC pathologic M must be one of the Eligible pathologic M values for the corresponding site35.
To simplify the edit logic, let Site X be a given site within the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope. Example: Colorectal, breast or prostate.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL47-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for Site X] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X] AND T47 NOT IN [Eligible AJCC pathologic M for Site X] | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL47-1 | AJCC pathologic M is invalid for reported site. | AJCC TNM error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL48
Purpose
This edit validates AJCC clinical TNM stage group.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
T48 | 4 | AJCC clinical TNM stage group | TAJCCCLINSG |
Business rules
- AJCC clinical TNM stage group must be one of the Eligible AJCC clinical TNM stage group values for the corresponding site38.
To simplify the edit logic, let Site X be a given site within the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope. Example: Colorectal, breast or prostate.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL48-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for Site X] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X] AND T48 NOT IN [Eligible AJCC clinical TNM stage group for Site X] | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL48-1 | AJCC clinical TNM stage group is invalid for reported site. | AJCC TNM error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL49
Purpose
This edit validates AJCC pathologic TNM stage group.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
T49 | 4 | AJCC pathologic TNM stage group | TAJCCPATHSG |
Business rules
- AJCC pathologic TNM stage group must be one of the Eligible AJCC pathologic TNM stage group values for the corresponding site37.
To simplify the edit logic, let Site X be a given site within the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope. Example: Colorectal, breast orprostate.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL49-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for Site X] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X] AND T49 NOT IN [Eligible AJCC pathologic TNM stage group for Site X] | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL49-1 | AJCC pathologic TNM stage group is invalid for reported site. | AJCC TNM error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL50
Purpose
This edit validates AJCC TNM stage group.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
T50 | 4 | AJCC TNM stage group | TAJCCSG |
Business rules
- AJCC TNM stage group must be one of the Eligible AJCC TNM stage group values for the corresponding site37.
To simplify the edit logic, let Site X be a given site within the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope. Example: Colorectal, breast or prostate.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL50-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for Site X] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X] AND T50 NOT IN [Eligible AJCC TNM stage group for Site X] | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL50-1 | AJCC TNM stage group is invalid for reported site. | AJCC TNM error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL51
Purpose
This edit validates AJCC edition number code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
T51 | 2 | AJCC edition number | TAJCCEDNUM |
Business rules
- AJCC edition number must be one of the Eligible AJCC edition number codes38.
To simplify the edit logic, let Site X be a given site within the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope. Example: Colorectal, breast or prostate.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL51-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for Site X] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X] AND T51 NOT IN [Eligible AJCC edition number codes] | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL51-1 | AJCC edition number code is either invalid or not eligible for the CCR system. | AJCC TNM error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL52
Purpose
This edit validates CS Version 1st.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T27 | 3 | CS tumour size | TCSTSIZE |
T28 | 2 | CS extension | TCSEXTN |
T29 | 1 | CS tumour size/ext eval | TCSEVAL |
T30 | 2 | CS lymph nodes | TCSLNODE |
T31 | 1 | CS reg nodes eval | TCSRNEVL |
T32 | 2 | Regional nodes examined | TCSRNEXAM |
T33 | 2 | Regional nodes positive | TCSRNPOS |
T34 | 2 | CS mets at dx | TCSMDIAG |
T35 | 1 | CS mets eval | TCSMEVAL |
T36 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 1 | TCSSSF1 |
T37 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 2 | TCSSSF2 |
T38 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 3 | TCSSSF3 |
T39 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 4 | TCSSSF4 |
T40 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 5 | TCSSSF5 |
T41 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 6 | TCSSSF6 |
T52 | 6 | CS Version 1st | TCSFVER |
Business rules
- CS version 1st must be one of the Eligible CS Version 1st codes.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL52-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= ‘2006' AND (T27<>'999' OR T28<>'99' OR T29<>'9' OR T30<>'99' OR T31<>'9' OR T32<>'99' OR T33<>'99' OR T34<>'99' OR T35<>'9' OR T36<>'999' OR T37<>'999' OR T38<>'999' OR T39<>'999' OR T40<>'999' OR T41<>'999' or T52 <> ‘999999') AND T52 NOT IN [Eligible CS Version 1st codes] | CS data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL52-1 | CS Version 1st is not a valid version number | CS error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL53
Purpose
This edit validates the Ambiguous terminology diagnosis code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T53 | 1 | Ambiguous Terminology Diagnosis | TAMBIGTERM |
Business rules
- Ambiguous terminology diagnosis must be one of the Eligible Ambiguous terminology diagnosis codes.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL53-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T53 IS NOT NULL AND NOT IN [Eligible Ambiguous terminology diagnosis codes] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL53-1 | Ambiguous terminology diagnosis code is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2008 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL54
Purpose
This edit validates the Date of conclusive diagnosis.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T54 | 8 | Date of conclusive diagnosis | TDATCONCLUSDIAG |
T54.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T54 (year of date of conclusive diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T54.MONTH | 2 | 5th and 6th digits of T54 (month of date of conclusive diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T54.DAY | 2 | Last 2 digits of T56 (day of date of conclusive diagnosis) | Not applicable |
Business rules
- Must be exclusively composed of numbers: 0 to 9.
- Must be 8 digits long.
- If Year or Month or Day is accessioned then the Date of conclusive diagnosis must be accessioned.
- If Year or Month or Day is not applicable then the Date of conclusive diagnosis must be not applicable.
- If Year is unknown then Month and Day must be unknown.
- If Month is unknown then Day must be unknown.
- If Year and Month are known and Day is unknown then Month must be a valid month.
- If Year, Month and Day are known then it must be a valid calendar date.
- Must be between January 1st, 2008 and December 31st of Reference year inclusively.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL54-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (T54) <> 8 OR NOT IS_COMPOSED_OF (T54, ‘0123456789') | Record Rejected |
TVAL54-2 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (T54) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (T54, ‘0123456789') AND (T54.YEAR = ‘0000' OR T54.MONTH='00' OR T54.DAY='00') AND (T54.YEAR <> ‘0000' OR T54.MONTH <> ‘00' OR T54.DAY <> ‘00') | Record Rejected |
TVAL54-3 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (T54) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (T54, ‘0123456789') AND (T54.YEAR = ‘8888' OR T54.MONTH='88' OR T54.DAY='88') AND (T54.YEAR <> ‘8888' OR T54.MONTH <> ‘88' OR T54.DAY <> ‘88') | Record Rejected |
TVAL54-4 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (T54) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (T54, ‘0123456789') AND T54.YEAR = ‘9999' AND (T54.MONTH <> ‘99' OR T54.DAY <> ‘99') | Record Rejected |
TVAL54-5 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (T54) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (T54, ‘0123456789') AND T54.MONTH = ‘99' AND T54.DAY <> ‘99' | Record Rejected |
TVAL54-6 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (T54) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (T54, ‘0123456789') AND T54.MONTH NOT IN [‘01'-'12', ‘99'] AND T54.DAY = ‘99' | Record Rejected |
TVAL54-7 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (T54) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (T54, ‘0123456789') AND T54 NOT IN [‘00000000', ‘88888888', ‘99999999'] AND T54.MONTH <> ‘99' AND T54.DAY <> ‘99' AND NOT IS_VALID_DATE | Record Rejected |
TVAL54-8 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T54 NOT IN [‘00000000', ‘88888888', ‘99999999'] AND (T54.YEAR < 2008 OR T54.YEAR > CYCLE_YEAR) | Record Rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL54-1 | Date of conclusive diagnosis is not composed of 8 numbers. | Core Error |
TVAL54-2 | Year, month and day must be ‘accessioned'. | Core Error |
TVAL54-3 | Year, month and day must be ‘not applicable'. | Core Error |
TVAL54-4 | Year, month and day must be ‘unknown'. | Core Error |
TVAL54-5 | Date of conclusive diagnosis: month and day must be ‘unknown'. | Core Error |
TVAL54-6 | Date of conclusive diagnosis is not a valid partial date: month is invalid. | Core Error |
TVAL54-7 | Date of conclusive diagnosis is not a valid calendar date. | Core Error |
TVAL54-8 | Date of conclusive diagnosis is out of scope. | Core Error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2008 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL55
Purpose
This edit validates the Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary code.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T55 | 2 | Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary | TMULTTUMONEPRIM |
Business rules
- Must contain a valid code.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL55-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T55 IS NOT NULL AND T55 NOT IN [Eligible Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary codes] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL55-1 | Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary code is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2008 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL56
Purpose
This edit validates the Date of multiple tumours.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T56 | 8 | Date of multiple tumours | TDATMULT |
T56.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T56 (year of date of multiple tumours) | Not applicable |
T56.MONTH | 2 | 5th and 6th digits of T56 (month of date of multiple tumours) | Not applicable |
T56.DAY | 2 | Last 2 digits of T56 (day of date of multiple tumours) | Not applicable |
Business rules
- Must be exclusively composed of numbers: 0 to 9.
- Must be 8 digits long.
- If Year or Month or Day relates to a single tumour then the Date of multiple tumours must contain all zeros.
- If Year or Month or Day is not applicable then the Date of multiple tumours must be not applicable.
- If Year is unknown then Month and Day must be unknown.
- If Month is unknown then Day must be unknown.
- If Year and Month are known and Day is unknown then Month must be a valid month.
- If Year, Month and Day are known then it must be a valid calendar date.
- Must be between January 1st, 2008 and December 31st of Reference year inclusively.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL56-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (T56) <> 8 OR NOT IS_COMPOSED_OF (T56, ‘0123456789') | Record Rejected |
TVAL56-2 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (T56) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (T56, ‘0123456789') AND (T56.YEAR = ‘0000' OR T56.MONTH = ‘00' OR T56.DAY = ‘00') AND (T56.YEAR <> ‘0000' OR T56.MONTH <> ‘00' OR T56.DAY <> ‘00') | Record Rejected |
TVAL56-3 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (T56) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (T56, ‘0123456789') AND (T56.YEAR = ‘8888' OR T56.MONTH = ‘88' OR T56.DAY = ‘88') AND (T56.YEAR <> ‘8888' OR T56.MONTH <> ‘88' OR T56.DAY <> ‘88') | Record Rejected |
TVAL56-4 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (T56) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (T56, ‘0123456789') AND T56.YEAR = ‘9999' AND (T56.MONTH <> ‘99' OR T56.DAY <> ‘99') | Record Rejected |
TVAL56-5 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (T56) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (T56, ‘0123456789') AND T56.MONTH = ‘99' AND T56.DAY <> ‘99' | Record Rejected |
TVAL56-6 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (T56) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (T56, ‘0123456789') AND T56.MONTH NOT IN [‘01'-'12', ‘99'] AND T56.DAY = ‘99' | Record Rejected |
TVAL56-7 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND LENGTH (T56) = 8 AND IS_COMPOSED_OF (T56, ‘0123456789') AND T56 NOT IN [‘00000000', ‘88888888', ‘99999999'] AND T56.MONTH <> ‘99' AND T56.DAY <> ‘99' AND NOT IS_VALID_DATE | Record Rejected |
TVAL56-8 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T56 NOT IN [‘00000000', ‘88888888', ‘99999999'] AND (T56.YEAR < 2008 OR T56.YEAR > CYCLE_YEAR) | Record Rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL56-1 | Date of multiple tumours is not composed of 8 numbers. | Core Error |
TVAL56-2 | Year, month and day must relate to a single tumour (all zeros). | Core Error |
TVAL56-3 | Year, month and day must be ‘not applicable'. | Core Error |
TVAL56-4 | Year, month and day must be ‘unknown'. | Core Error |
TVAL56-5 | Date of multiple tumours: month and day must be ‘unknown'. | Core Error |
TVAL56-6 | Date of multiple tumours is not a valid partial date: month is invalid. | Core Error |
TVAL56-7 | Date of multiple tumours is not a valid calendar date. | Core Error |
TVAL56-8 | Date of multiple tumours is out of scope. | Core Error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2008 | Edit added: New edit. |
TVAL57
Purpose
This edit validates the Multiplicity counter.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T57 | 2 | Multiplicity counter | TMULTCOUNT |
Business rules
- Must be a numeric value between ‘01' and ‘87', or ‘88' or ‘99'
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TVAL57-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T57 IS NOT NULL AND T57 NOT IN [Eligible Multiplicity counter codes] | Record Rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TVAL57-1 | Multiplicity counter is invalid | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2008 | Edit added: New edit. |
3.5 Correlation edits
The purpose of the correlation edits is to enforce the business rules between fields on the same Input record. For ease of use, correlation edits have been divided into two groups:
- Patient correlation edits: enforce business rules between valid patient fields;
- Tumour correlation edits: enforce business rules between valid tumour fields.
Correlation edits are only performed on Input records where all referenced fields are valid.
3.5.1 Patient correlation edits
The following table summarizes the purpose of each individual edit of this category.
Edit name | Purpose |
---|---|
PCOR1 | Ensures that the content of the patient record is consistent with the action described in the Patient record type. |
PCOR2 | Verifies the likelihood of given names and gender. |
PCOR3 | Ensures that first given name, second given name and third given name are used coherently. |
PCOR4 | Ensures that type of current surname code accurately reflects the content of the current surname field. |
PCOR5 | Ensures that birth surname and current surname are consistent with type of current surname. |
PCOR6 | Ensures that at least one surname is reported, either the current surname or the birth surname. |
PCOR7 | Ensures that date of birth and date of death respect a chronological sequence and time frame. |
PCOR8 | Ensures that death-related variables present a consistent reporting of the patient's vital status. |
PCOR9 | Ensures that Death registration number and province/territory or country of death are consistent. |
PCOR10 | Ensures Death registration number and date of death are consistent. |
PCOR11 | Ensures Death registration number and Underlying cause of death are consistent. |
PCOR1
Purpose
This edit ensures that the content of the patient record is consistent with the action described in the patient record type.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P1 | 2 | Patient reporting province/territory | PREPPROV |
P2 | 12 | Patient identification number | PPIN |
P3 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P5 | 1 | Type of current surname | PTYP_CUR |
P6 | 25 | Current surname | PCURSNAM |
P7 | 15 | First given name | PGNAME_1 |
P8 | 15 | Second given name | PGNAME_2 |
P9 | 7 | Third given name | PGNAME_3 |
P10 | 1 | Sex | PSEX |
P11 | 8 | Date of birth | PDATBIR |
P12 | 3 | Province/territory or country of birth | PPROVBIR |
P13 | 25 | Birth surname | PBIRNAM |
P14 | 8 | Date of death | PDATDEA |
P15 | 3 | Province/territory or country of death | PPROVDEA |
P16 | 6 | Death registration number | PDEAREG |
P17 | 4 | Underlying cause of death | PCAUSDEA |
P18 | 1 | Autopsy confirming cause of death | PAUTOPSY |
Business rules
- Patient reporting province/territory, Patient identification number, Type of Current surname, Sex, Date of birth,Province/territory or country of birth, Date of death, Province/territory or country of death, Death registration number, Underlying cause of death and Autopsy confirming cause of death must be provided.
- CCR identification number must be blank.
For Update Patient records
- Patient reporting province/territory, Patient identification number, CCR identification number, Type of Current surname, Sex, Date of birth, Province/territory or country of birth, Date of death, Province/territory or country of death, Death registration number, Underlying cause of death and Autopsy confirming cause of death must be provided.
For Delete Patient records
- Patient reporting Province/territory, Patient identification number, CCR identification number must be provided.
- Type of Current surname, Current surname, First given name, Second given name, Third given name, Sex, Date of birth, Province/territory or country of birth, Birth surname, Date of death, Province/territory or country of death, Death registration number, Underlying cause of death and Autopsy confirming cause of death must be blank.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PCOR1-1 | P4 = ‘1' AND (P1 IS NULL OR P2 IS NULL OR P3 IS NOT NULL OR P5 IS NULL OR P10 IS NULL OR P11 IS NULL OR P12 IS NULL OR P14 IS NULL OR P15 IS NULL OR P16 IS NULL OR P17 IS NULL OR P18 IS NULL) | Record rejected |
PCOR1-2 | P4 = ‘2' AND (P1 IS NULL OR P2 IS NULL OR P3 IS NULL OR P5 IS NULL OR P10 IS NULL OR P11 IS NULL OR P12 IS NULL OR P14 IS NULL OR P15 IS NULL OR P16 IS NULL OR P17 IS NULL OR P18 IS NULL) | Record rejected |
PCOR1-3 | P4 = ‘3' AND (P1 IS NULL OR P2 IS NULL OR P3 IS NULL OR P5 IS NOT NULL OR P6 IS NOT NULL OR P7 IS NOT NULL OR P8 IS NOT NULL OR P9 IS NOT NULL OR P10 IS NOT NULL OR P11 IS NOT NULL OR P12 IS NOT NULL OR P13 IS NOT NULL OR P14 IS NOT NULL OR P15 IS NOT NULL OR P16 IS NOT NULL OR P17 IS NOT NULL OR P18 IS NOT NULL) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PCOR1-1 | Input record does not respect the Add Patient record format. There are missing or extra values. | Core fatal error |
PCOR1-2 | Input record does not respect the Update Patient record format. There are missing values. | Core fatal error |
PCOR1-3 | Input record does not respect the Delete Patient record format. There are missing or extra values. | Core fatal error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Current edit was formerly known as Correlation Edit No.1. |
PCOR2
Purpose
This edit verifies the likelihood of given names and sex.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P7 | 15 | First given name | PGNAME_1 |
P8 | 15 | Second given name | PGNAME_2 |
P9 | 7 | Third given name | PGNAME_3 |
P10 | 1 | Sex | PSEX |
Parameters | Length | Description |
---|---|---|
NAME_SEX_THRESHOLD | 3 | Tolerated average likelihood of First given name, Second given name and Third given name to be associated to the opposite gender according to given name and Sex registry2. Value must be between 0 and 100. Default value is 95. |
Business rules
- If the average likelihood of First given name, Second given name and Third given name to be associated to the opposite gender according to given name and Sex registry is greater than NAME_SEX_THRESHOLD, then a warning must be sent.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PCOR2-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P10 IN ['1', '2'] AND AVERAGE ([Probability of P7 to be associated to opposite gender], [Probability of P8 to be associated to opposite gender], [Probability of P9 to be associated to opposite gender]) > NAME_SEX_THRESHOLD | Warning |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PCOR2-1 | Reported given names are not likely for reported Sex. | Warning |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit removed: Edit formerly known as Correlation Edit No.2 has been removed. Edit added: Current edit was not documented before. |
PCOR3
Purpose
This edit ensures that first given name, second given name and third given name are used coherently.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P7 | 15 | First given name | PGNAME_1 |
P8 | 15 | Second given name | PGNAME_2 |
P9 | 7 | Third given name | PGNAME_3 |
Business rules
- If First given name is blank then Second given name and Third given name must be blank.
- If Second given name is blank then Third given name must be blank.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PCOR3-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P7 IS NULL AND (P8 IS NOT NULL OR P9 IS NOT NULL) | Record rejected |
PCOR3-2 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P8 IS NULL AND P9 IS NOT NULL | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PCOR3-1 | First given name is missing. | Core error |
PCOR3-2 | Second given name is missing. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Current edit was formerly known as Correlation Edit No.3. |
PCOR4
Purpose
This edit ensures that type of current surname code accurately reflects the content of the current surname field.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P5 | 1 | Type of current surname | PTYP_CUR |
P6 | 25 | Current surname | PCURSNAM |
Business rules
- If Type of Current surname is ‘Current Surname unknown' (0) then Current surname must be blank.
- If Current surname is blank then Type of Current surname must be ‘Current surname unknown' (0).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PCOR4-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND ((P5 = ‘0' AND P6 IS NOT NULL) OR (P6 IS NULL AND P5 <> ‘0')) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PCOR4-1 | Type of current surname and Current surname do not agree. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Current edit was formerly known as Correlation Edit No.4. |
PCOR5
Purpose
This edit ensures that birth surname and current surname are consistent with type of current surname.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P5 | 1 | Type of Current surname | PTYP_CUR |
P6 | 25 | Current surname | PCURSNAM |
P13 | 25 | Birth surname | PBIRNAM |
Business rules
- If Type of Current surname is ‘Birth surname' then Current surname and Birth surname must be the same.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PCOR5-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P5 = ‘1' AND P6 <> P13 | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PCOR5-1 | Current surname and Birth surname are different while Type of current surname indicates that they should be the same. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Current edit was formerly known as Correlation Edit No.5. |
PCOR6
Purpose
This edit ensures that at least one surname is reported, either the current surname or the birth surname.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P6 | 25 | Current surname | PCURSNAM |
P13 | 25 | Birth surname | PBIRNAM |
Business rules
- Current surname and Birth surname cannot both be blank.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PCOR6-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P6 IS NULL AND P13 IS NULL | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PCOR6-1 | Current surname and Birth surname cannot both be blank. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Current edit was formerly known as Correlation Edit No.6. |
PCOR7
Purpose
This edit ensures that date of birth and date of death respect a chronological sequence and time frame.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P11 | 8 | Date of birth | PDATBIR |
P11.YEAR | 4 | First 4 characters of P11 (year of date of birth) | Not applicable |
P11.MONTH | 2 | 5th and 6th characters of P11 (month of date of birth) | Not applicable |
P11.DAY | 2 | 7th and 8th characters of P11 (day of date of birth) | Not applicable |
P14 | 8 | Date of death | PDATDEA |
P14.YEAR | 4 | First 4 characters of P14 (year of date of death) | Not applicable |
P14.MONTH | 2 | 5th and 6th characters of P14 (month of date of death) | Not applicable |
P14.DAY | 2 | 7th and 8th characters of P14 (day of date of death) | Not applicable |
P19 | 8 | Date of transmission | PDATTRAN |
Business rules
- If Date of birth and Date of death are at least partially known then
- Date of death must be on or after Date of birth;
- Year of Date of death and year of Date of birth should not be more than 110 years apart.
- If Date of birth is at least partially known and the patient is not known to have died then
- Year of Date of birth and year of Date of transmission should not be more than 110 years apart.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PCOR7-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P11 <> ‘99999999' AND P14 NOT IN [‘00000000', ‘99999999'] AND ((P11.DAY <> ‘99' AND P14.DAY <> ‘99' AND P14 < P11) OR (P11.MONTH <> ‘99' AND P14.MONTH <> ‘99' AND P14.YEAR || P14.MONTH < P11.YEAR || P11.MONTH) OR (P14.YEAR < P11.YEAR)) | Record rejected |
PCOR7-2 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P11 <> ‘99999999' AND ((P14 NOT IN [‘00000000', ‘99999999'] AND P14.YEAR – P11.YEAR > 110) OR (P14 = ‘00000000' AND P19.YEAR – P11.YEAR > 110)) | Warning |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PCOR7-1 | Date of death is before Date of birth. | Core error |
PCOR7-2 | The patient is more than 110 years old. | Warning |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Current edit was formerly known as Correlation Edit No.7. Business rules added: Special handling for patients over 110 years old. |
PCOR8
Purpose
This edit ensures that death-related variables present a consistent reporting of the patient's vital status.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P14 | 8 | Date of death | PDATDEA |
P15 | 3 | Province/territory or country of death | PPROVDEA |
P16 | 6 | Death registration number | PDEAREG |
P17 | 4 | Underlying cause of death | PCAUSDEA |
P18 | 1 | Autopsy confirming cause of death | PAUTOPSY |
Business rules
- If any of the death-related variables (Date of death, Province/territory or country of death, Death registration number, Underlying cause of death and Autopsy confirming cause of death) indicate that the patient is deceased then no variables should indicate that the patient is not known to have died.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PCOR8-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND (P14 <> ‘00000000' OR P15 <> ‘000' OR P16 <> ‘000000' OR P17 <> ‘0000' OR P18 <> ‘0') AND (P14 = ‘00000000' OR P15 = ‘000' OR P16 = ‘000000' OR P17 = ‘0000' OR P18 = ‘0') | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PCOR8-1 | Some death-related variables indicate that the patient is deceased whereas at least another indicates that the patient is not known to have died. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit removed: Edit formerly known as Correlation Edit No.8 was redundant with PVAL11. Edit renamed: Current edit was formerly known as Correlation Edit No.10. |
PCOR9
Purpose
This edit ensures that death registration number and province/territory or country of death are consistent.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P15 | 3 | Province/territory or country of death | PPROVDEA |
P16 | 6 | Death registration number | PDEAREG |
Business rules
- If Death registration number is known then Province/territory or country of death must indicate a specific location in Canada or United States of America.
- If Death registration number indicated that the Patient died outside Canada then Province/territory or country of death must indicate a foreign country or unknown place.
- If Death registration number is unknown then Province/territory or country of death must be either a location in Canada or an unknown place.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PCOR9-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P16 IN [000001-999997] AND P15 NOT IN [840, 910, 911, 912, 913, 924, 935, 946, 947, 948, 959, 960, 961, 962] | Record rejected |
PCOR9-2 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P16 = ‘999998' AND P15 IN [909, 910, 911, 912, 913, 924, 935, 946, 947, 948, 959, 960, 961, 962] | Record rejected |
PCOR9-3 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P16 = ‘999999' AND P15 NOT IN [909, 910, 911, 912, 913, 924, 935, 946, 947, 948, 959, 960, 961, 962, 999] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PCOR9-1 | If Death registration number is known then province/territory or country of death must indicate a specific location in Canada or United States of America. | Core error |
PCOR9-2 | If Death registration number indicated that the patient died outside Canada then province/territory or country of death must indicate a foreign country or unknown place. | Core error |
PCOR9-3 | If Death registration number is unknown then province/territory or country of death must be either a location in Canada or an unknown place. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit reorganized: Edit formerly known as Correlation Edit No.9 merged with PVAL14. Edit renamed: Current edit was formerly known as Correlation Edit No.11. Business rules changed: If Death registration number is known then province/territory or country of death must indicate a specific location in Canada or United States of America; If Death registration number is unknown then province/territory or country of death must be either a location in Canada or an unknown place. Business rules added: If Death registration number indicated that the patient died outside Canada then province/territory or country of death must indicate a foreign country or unknown place. |
PCOR10
Purpose
This edit ensures death registration number and date of death are consistent.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P14 | 8 | Date of death | PDATDEA |
P16 | 6 | Death registration number | PDEAREG |
Business rules
- If Death registration number is known then Date of death must be at least partially known.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PCOR10-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P16 IN [000001-999997] AND P14.YEAR = ‘9999' | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PCOR10-1 | Date of death cannot be unknown if Death registration number is known. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit reorganized: Edit formerly known as Correlation Edit No.10 moved to PCOR8. Edit added: New edit. |
PCOR11
Purpose
This edit ensures death registration number and underlying cause of death are consistent.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P16 | 6 | Death registration number | PDEAREG |
P17 | 3 | Underlying cause of death | PCAUSDEA |
Business rules
- If Death registration number is unknown then Underlying cause of death cannot be ‘Officially unknown'.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PCOR11-1 | P4 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND P16 = ‘999999' AND P17 IN = [‘R99', ‘7999'] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PCOR11-1 | Underlying cause of death cannot be ‘Officially unknown' when Death registration is unknown. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit reorganized: Edit formerly known as Correlation Edit No.11 moved to PCOR9. Edit added: New edit. |
3.5.2 Tumour correlation edits
The following table summarizes the purpose of each individual edit of this category.
Edit name | Purpose |
---|---|
TCOR1 | Ensures that the content of the core tumour fields is consistent with the operation described in the Tumour record type. |
TCOR2 | Ensures that Postal code and Standard geographic code are coherent. |
TCOR3 | Ensures that Census tract and Standard geographic code are coherent. |
TCOR4 | Rejects tumour data for patients living outside the reporting province/territory at time of diagnosis. |
TCOR5 | Ensures that expected topography, histology and behaviour values are reported based on the Source classification flag. |
TCOR6 | Ensures the consistency between ICD-9 Cancer code and related ICD-O-2 values. |
TCOR7 | Ensures the consistency between related ICD-O-2 and ICD-O-3 values. |
TCOR8 | Not applicable. (Placeholder for future requirement implementation.) |
TCOR9 | Rejects tumour records that are outside the CCR core scope. |
TCOR10 | Ensures that invalid combinations of topography and histology are rejected. |
TCOR11 | Ensures that invalid combinations of histology and behaviour codes are rejected. |
TCOR12 | Ensures the consistency between the topography and the laterality. |
TCOR13 | Ensures that invalid combinations of Method used to establish the date of diagnosis and Diagnostic confirmation codes are rejected. |
TCOR14 | Ensures that Method of diagnosis is only reported for tumours diagnosed prior to 2004. |
TCOR15 | Ensures that Method used to establish the date of diagnosis is only reported for tumours diagnosed in 2004 and onwards. |
TCOR16 | Ensures that Diagnostic confirmation is only reported for tumours diagnosed in 2004 and onwards. |
TCOR17 | Ensures that Grade, differentiation or cell indicator is only reported for tumours diagnosed in 2004 and onwards. |
TCOR18 | This edit ensures that Collaborative Staging variables are reported for tumours within the CCR collaborative staging scope. |
TCOR19 | This edit ensures that AJCC TNM staging variables are reported for tumours within the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope. |
TCOR20 | Ensures that TNM stage group is reported only when clinical and pathologic TNM stage group are not reported. |
TCOR21 | Ensures that the combination of AJCC clinical TNM stage group and individual clinical T, N, M values is acceptable. |
TCOR22 | Ensures that the combination of AJCC pathologic TNM stage group and the individual pathologic T, N, M values is acceptable. |
TCOR23 | Ensures that the combination of AJCC TNM stage group and the individual clinical/pathologic T, N, M values is acceptable. |
TCOR24 | Ensures that AJCC edition number is coherent with all remaining AJCC TNM staging variables. |
TCOR26 | Ensures the consistency between Ambiguous terminology diagnosis and Date of conclusive diagnosis. |
TCOR27 | Ensures the consistency between Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary, Date of multiple tumours and Multiplicity counter. |
TCOR29 | Ensures the consistency between Ambiguous terminology diagnosis and Date of Conclusive Diagnosis. |
TCOR30 | Ensures that date of diagnosis and date of conclusive diagnosis respect a chronological sequence and time frame. |
TCOR31 | Ensures the consistency between ICD-O-2/3 Topography and Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary. |
TCOR32 | Ensures the consistency between ICD-O-3 Behaviour and Multiple tumours reported as one primary. |
TCOR33 | Ensures the consistency between Type of Multiple Tumours Reported as One Primary, ICD-O-2/3 Topography and ICD-O-3 Histology. |
TCOR34 | Ensures the consistency between Date of multiple tumours and Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary. |
TCOR35 | Ensures the consistency between Method Used to Establish the Date of Diagnosis, Type of Multiple Tumours Reported as One Primary, Date of Multiple Tumours and Multiplicity Counter. |
TCOR1
Purpose
This edit ensures that the content of the core tumour fields is consistent with the operation described in the tumour record type.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T1 | 2 | Tumour reporting province/territory | TREPPROV |
T2 | 12 | Tumour patient identification number | TPIN |
T3 | 9 | Tumour reference number | TTRN |
T4 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T6 | 25 | Name of place of residence | TPLACRES |
T7 | 6 | Postal code | TPOSTCOD |
T8 | 7 | Standard geographic code | TCODPLAC |
T9 | 9 | Census tract | TCENTRAC |
T10 | 15 | Health insurance number | THIN |
T11 | 1 | Method of diagnosis | TMETHDIAG |
T12 | 8 | Date of diagnosis | TDATDIAG |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T13 | 4 | ICD-9 cancer code | TICD_9 |
T14 | 1 | Source classification flag | TSCF |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T16 | 4 | ICD-O-2 Histology | TICD_O2H |
T17 | 1 | ICD-O-2 Behaviour | TICD_O2B |
T19 | 1 | Laterality | TLATERAL |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
T23 | 1 | Grade, differentiation or cell indicator | TGRADE |
T24 | 1 | Method used to establish the date of diagnosis | TMETHUSED |
T25 | 1 | Diagnostic confirmation | TMETHCONF |
T27 | 3 | CS tumour size | TCSTSIZE |
T28 | 2 | CS extension | TCSEXTN |
T29 | 1 | CS tumour size/ext eval | TCSEVAL |
T30 | 2 | CS lymph nodes | TCSLNODE |
T31 | 1 | CS reg nodes eval | TCSRNEVL |
T32 | 2 | Regional nodes examined | TCSRNEXAM |
T33 | 2 | Regional nodes positive | TCSRNPOS |
T34 | 2 | CS mets at dx | TCSMDIAG |
T35 | 1 | CS mets eval | TCSMEVAL |
T36 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 1 | TCSSSF1 |
T37 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 2 | TCSSSF2 |
T38 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 3 | TCSSSF3 |
T39 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 4 | TCSSSF4 |
T40 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 5 | TCSSSF5 |
T41 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 6 | TCSSSF6 |
T42 | 9 | AJCC clinical T | TAJCCCLINT |
T43 | 3 | AJCC clinical N | TAJCCCLINN |
T44 | 3 | AJCC clinical M | TAJCCCLINM |
T45 | 9 | AJCC pathologic T | TAJCCPATHT |
T46 | 3 | AJCC pathologic N | TAJCCPATHN |
T47 | 3 | AJCC pathologic M | TAJCCPATHM |
T48 | 4 | AJCC clinical TNM stage group | TAJCCCLINSG |
T49 | 4 | AJCC pathologic TNM stage group | TAJCCPATHSG |
T50 | 4 | AJCC TNM stage group | TAJCCSG |
T51 | 2 | AJCC edition number | TAJCCEDNUM |
T52 | 6 | CS Version 1st | TCSFVER |
T53 | 1 | Ambiguous Terminology Diagnosis | TAMBIGTERM |
T54 | 8 | Date of Conclusive Diagnosis | TDATCONCLUSDIAG |
T55 | 2 | Type of Multiple Tumours Reported as One Primary | TMULTTUMONEPRIM |
T56 | 8 | Date of Multiple Tumours | TDATMULT |
T57 | 2 | Multiplicity Counter | TMULTCOUNT |
Business rules
- Tumour reporting province/territory, Tumour patient identification number, Tumour reference number, Postal code, Standard geographic code, Method of diagnosis, Date of diagnosis, ICD-9 cancer code, Source classification flag, ICD-O-2/3 Topography, ICD-O-2 Histology, ICD-O-2 Behaviour, Laterality, ICD-O-3 Histology, ICD-O-3 Behaviour, Grade, differentiation or cell indicator, Method used to establish the date of diagnosis, Diagnostic confirmation must be provided39.
- Fillers (T18 and T20) are ignored.
- Tumour reporting province/territory, Tumour patient identification number, Tumour reference number, CCR identification number, Postal code, Standard geographic code, Method of diagnosis, Date of diagnosis, ICD-9 cancer code, Source classification flag, ICD-O-2/3 Topography, ICD-O-2 Histology, ICD-O-2 Behaviour, Laterality, ICD-O-3 Histology, ICD-O-3 Behaviour, Grade, differentiation or cell indicator, Method used to establish the date of diagnosis, Diagnostic confirmation must be provided39.
- Fillers (T18 and T20) are ignored.
- Tumour reporting province/territory, Tumour patient identification number, Tumour reference number and CCR identification number must be provided.
- Name of place of residence, Postal code, Standard geographic code, Census tract, Health insurance number, Method of diagnosis, Date of diagnosis, ICD-9 cancer code, Source classification flag, ICD-O-2/3 Topography, ICD-O-2 Histology, ICD-O-2 Behaviour, Laterality, ICD-O-3 Histology, ICD-O-3 Behaviour, Grade, differentiation or cell indicator, Method used to establish the date of diagnosis, Diagnostic confirmation, CS tumour size, CS extension, CS tumour size/ext eval, CS lymph nodes, CS reg nodes eval, Regional nodes examined, Regional nodes positive, CS mets at dx, CS mets eval, CS site-specific factor 1, CS site-specific factor 2, CS site-specific factor 3, CS site-specific factor 4, CS site-specific factor 5, CS site-specific factor 6, AJCC clinical T, AJCC clinical N, AJCC clinical M, AJCC pathologic T, AJCC pathologic N, AJCC pathologic M, AJCC clinical TNM stage group, AJCC pathologic TNM stage group, AJCC TNM stage group, AJCC edition number, CS Version 1st, Ambiguous Terminology Diagnosis, Date of conclusive diagnosis, Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary, Date of multiple tumours, and Multiplicity Counter must be blank.
- Fillers (T18 and T20) are ignored.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR1-1 | T5 = ‘1' AND (T1 IS NULL OR T2 IS NULL OR T3 IS NULL OR T7 IS NULL OR T8 IS NULL OR T11 IS NULL OR T12 IS NULL OR T13 IS NULL OR T14 IS NULL OR T15 IS NULL OR T16 IS NULL OR T17 IS NULL OR T19 IS NULL OR T21 IS NULL OR T22 IS NULL OR T23 IS NULL OR T24 IS NULL OR T25 IS NULL) OR (T12 IS NOT NULL AND T12.YEAR < 2006 AND T9 IS NULL)) | Record rejected |
TCOR1-2 | T5 = ‘2' AND (T1 IS NULL OR T2 IS NULL OR T3 IS NULL OR T4 IS NULL OR T7 IS NULL OR T8 IS NULL OR T11 IS NULL OR T12 IS NULL OR T13 IS NULL OR T14 IS NULL OR T15 IS NULL OR T16 IS NULL OR T17 IS NULL OR T19 IS NULL OR T21 IS NULL OR T22 IS NULL OR T23 IS NULL OR T24 IS NULL OR T25 IS NULL) OR (T12 IS NOT NULL AND T12.YEAR < 2006 AND T9 IS NULL) | Record rejected |
TCOR1-3 | T5 = ‘3' AND (T1 IS NULL OR T2 IS NULL OR T3 IS NULL OR T4 IS NULL OR T6 IS NOT NULL OR T7 IS NOT NULL OR T8 IS NOT NULL OR T9 IS NOT NULL OR T10 IS NOT NULL OR T11 IS NOT NULL OR T12 IS NOT NULL OR T13 IS NOT NULL OR T14 IS NOT NULL OR T15 IS NOT NULL OR T16 IS NOT NULL OR T17 IS NOT NULL OR T19 IS NOT NULL OR T21 IS NOT NULL OR T22 IS NOT NULL OR T23 IS NOT NULL OR T24 IS NOT NULL OR T25 IS NOT NULL OR T27 IS NOT NULL OR T28 IS NOT NULL OR T29 IS NOT NULL OR T30 IS NOT NULL OR T31 IS NOT NULL OR T32 IS NOT NULL OR T33 IS NOT NULL OR T34 IS NOT NULL OR T35 IS NOT NULL OR T36 IS NOT NULL OR T37 IS NOT NULL OR T38 IS NOT NULL OR T39 IS NOT NULL OR T40 IS NOT NULL OR T41 IS NOT NULL OR T42 IS NOT NULL OR T43 IS NOT NULL OR T44 IS NOT NULL OR T45 IS NOT NULL OR T46 IS NOT NULL OR T47 IS NOT NULL OR T48 IS NOT NULL OR T49 IS NOT NULL OR T50 IS NOT NULL OR T51 IS NOT NULL OR T52 IS NOT NULL OR T53 IS NOT NULL OR T54 IS NOT NULL OR T55 IS NOT NULL OR T56 IS NOT NULL OR T57 IS NOT NULL) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR1-1 | Input record does not respect the Add Tumour record format. There are missing values. | Core fatal error |
TCOR1-2 | Input record does not respect the Update Tumour record format. There are missing values. | Core fatal error |
TCOR1-3 | Input record does not respect the Delete Tumour record format. There are missing or extra values. | Core fatal error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2008 | Business rules and Edit logic changed: Fields T53 to T57 have been added. |
2007 | Business rules and Edit logic changed: Field T52 has been added. |
2006 | Business rules and Edit logic changed: Census tract effective date range ended in 2005. For cases diagnosed in 2006 and onwards, T9 (Census tract) must not be reported. |
2004 | Edit renamed: Edit formerly known as Correlation Edit No.12. Business rules changed: Handle new fields related to Collaborative staging and TNM data. |
TCOR2
Purpose
This edit ensures that postal code and standard geographic code are coherent.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T7 | 6 | Postal code | TPOSTCOD |
T7.FIRST | 1 | First digit of Postal code | Not applicable |
T8.PROV | 2 | First 2 digits of T8 (province code of Standard geographic code) | Not applicable |
Business rules
- it must start with ‘A' if in Newfoundland or Labrador;
- it must start with ‘B' if in Nova Scotia;
- it must start with ‘C' if in Prince Edward Island;
- it must start with ‘E' if in New Brunswick;
- it must start with ‘G', ‘H', ‘J' or ‘K' if in Quebec;
- it must start with ‘K', ‘L', 'M', ‘N' or ‘P' if in Ontario;
- it must start with ‘R' if in Manitoba;
- it must start with ‘R' or ‘S' if in Saskatchewan;
- it must start with ‘S' or ‘T' if in Alberta;
- it must start with ‘V' if in British Columbia;
- it must start with ‘Y' if in Yukon;
- it must start with ‘X' if in Northwest Territories;
- it must start with ‘X' if in Nunavut.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR2-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T7 <> ‘999999' AND ((T8.PROV = ‘10' AND T7.FIRST <> ‘A') OR (T8.PROV = ‘11' AND T7.FIRST <> ‘C') OR (T8.PROV = ‘12' AND T7.FIRST <> ‘B') OR (T8.PROV = ‘13' AND T7.FIRST <> ‘E') OR (T8.PROV = ‘24' AND T7.FIRST NOT IN [‘G', ‘H', ‘J', ‘K']) OR (T8.PROV = ‘35' AND T7.FIRST NOT IN [‘K', ‘L', ‘M', ‘N', ‘P']) OR (T8.PROV = ‘46' AND T7.FIRST <> ‘R') OR (T8.PROV = ‘47' AND T7.FIRST NOT IN [‘R', ‘S']) OR (T8.PROV = ‘48' AND T7.FIRST NOT IN [‘S', ‘T']) OR (T8.PROV = ‘59' AND T7.FIRST <> ‘V') OR (T8.PROV = ‘60' AND T7.FIRST <> ‘Y') OR (T8.PROV = ‘61' AND T7.FIRST <> ‘X') OR (T8.PROV = ‘62' AND T7.FIRST <> ‘X')) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR2-1 | Postal code and Standard geographic code indicate 2 different provinces/territories. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Edit formerly known as Correlation Edit No.14. |
TCOR3
Purpose
This edit ensures that census tract and standard geographic code are coherent.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T8 | 7 | Standard geographic code | TCODPLAC |
T9 | 9 | Census tract | TCENTRAC |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 characters of T12 (year of the Date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
Business rules
- If Date of diagnosis is between year 1992 and 1995 inclusively, and both Census tract and Standard geographic code are fully known, then the reported Standard geographic code must match the Standard geographic code associated with the Census tract in Eligible Census tracts from 1992 to 199512 .
- If Date of diagnosis is between year 1996 and 2000 inclusively, and both Census tract and Standard geographic code are fully known, then the reported Standard geographic code must match the Standard geographic code associated with the Census tract in Eligible Census tracts from 1996 to 200012.
- If Date of diagnosis is between year 2001 and 2005 inclusively, and both Census tract and Standard geographic code are fully known, then the reported Standard geographic code must match the Standard geographic code associated with the Census tract in Eligible Census tracts from 2001 to 200512.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR3-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T8 NOT LIKE ‘_ _ _ _ 999' AND T9 NOT LIKE ‘___999.99' AND T12.YEAR >= 1992 AND T12.YEAR < 1996 AND T8 NOT IN [SGC from Eligible Census tracts from 1992 to 1995 where Census tract = T9] | Record rejected |
TCOR3-2 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T8 NOT LIKE ‘_ _ _ _ 999' AND T9 NOT LIKE ‘___999.99' AND T12.YEAR >= 1996 AND T12.YEAR < 2001 AND T8 NOT IN [SGC from Eligible Census tracts from 1996 to 2000 where Census tract = T9] | Record rejected |
TCOR3-3 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T8 NOT LIKE ‘_ _ _ _ 999' AND T9 NOT LIKE ‘___999.99' AND T12.YEAR >= 2001 AND T12.YEAR < 2005 AND T8 NOT IN [SGC from Eligible Census tracts from 2001 to 2005 where Census tract = T9] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR3-1 | Census tract and Standard geographic code combination not found in Census tract Data dictionary – 1991. | Core error |
TCOR3-2 | Census tract and Standard geographic code combination not found in Census tract Data dictionary – 1996. | Core error |
TCOR3-3 | Census tract and Standard geographic code combination not found in Census tract Data dictionary – 2001. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2006 | Business rules and Edit logic changed: Edit modified to include combinations where Census tract indicate an area outside a Census Metropolitan Area. |
2004 | Edit renamed: Edit formerly known as Correlation Edit No.15 |
TCOR4
Purpose
This edit rejects tumour data for patients living outside the reporting province/territory at time of diagnosis.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T1 | 2 | Tumour reporting province/territory | TREPPROV |
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T8.PROV | 2 | First 2 characters from T8 (province code of Standard geographic code) | Not applicable |
Business rules
- Tumour reporting province/territory must be equal to province code found in Standard geographic code.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR4-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T1 <> T8.PROV | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR4-1 | Reporting province/territory and Standard geographic code must indicate the same province/territory. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Edit formerly known as Correlation Edit No.16. |
TCOR5
Purpose
This edit ensures that expected topography, histology and behaviour values are reported based on the Source classification flag.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T13 | 4 | ICD-9 cancer code | TICD_9 |
T14 | 1 | Source classification flag | TSCF |
T16 | 4 | ICD-O-2 Histology | TICD_O2H |
T17 | 1 | ICD-O-2 Behaviour | TICD_O2B |
Business rules
- If Source classification Flag indicates that ICD-9 is the Source classification then ICD-9 cancer code, ICD-O-2/3 Topography40, ICD-O-2 Histology, ICD-O-2 Behaviour41, ICD-O-3 Histology42 and ICD-O-3 Behaviour41 must be reported.
- If Source classification flag indicates that ICD-O-2 is the Source classification then ICD-O-2/3 Topography40, ICD–O–2 Histology, ICD-O-2 Behaviour41, ICD-O-3 Histology42 and ICD-O-3 Behaviour41 must be reported and ICD-9 Cancer code must not be reported.
- If Source classification flag indicates that ICD-O-3 is the Source classification then ICD-O-2/3 Topography42, ICD-O-3 Histology40 and ICD-O-3 Behaviour41 must be reported and ICD-9 cancer code, ICD-O-2 Histology and ICD-O-2 Behaviour must not be reported.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR5-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T14 = ‘1' AND (T13 = ‘0000' OR T16 = ‘0000') | Record rejected |
TCOR5-2 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T14 = ‘2' AND T16 = ‘0000' | Record rejected |
TCOR5-3 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T14 = ‘2' AND T13 <> ‘0000' | Record rejected |
TCOR5-4 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T14 = ‘4' AND (T13 <> '0000' OR T16 <> ‘0000' OR T17 <> ‘0') | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR5-1 | Based on the Source classification flag, ICD-9 Cancer code and ICD-O-2 Histology must be reported. | Core Error |
TCOR5-2 | Based on the Source classification flag, ICD-O-2 Histology must be reported. | Core Error |
TCOR5-3 | Based on the Source classification flag, ICD-9 Cancer code must not be reported. | Core Error |
TCOR5-4 | Based on the Source classification flag, ICD-9 cancer code, ICD-O-2 Histology and ICD-O-2 Behaviour must not be reported. | Core Error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Edit formerly known as Correlation Edit No.18. Business rules deleted: ICD-10 related rules dropped. Business rules changed: Ensure that topography and histology are reported in accordance with the Source classification flag. Business rules added: Prevent the reporting of data using a classification older than the one indicated by the Source classification flag. |
TCOR6
Purpose
This edit ensures the consistency between ICD-9 Cancer code and related ICD-O-2 values.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T13 | 4 | ICD-9 cancer code | TICD_9 |
T14 | 1 | Source classification flag | TSCF |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T16 | 4 | ICD-O-2 Histology | TICD_O2H |
T17 | 1 | ICD-O-2 Behaviour | TICD_O2B |
Business rules
- ICD-9 Cancer code and ICD-O-2/3 Topography must match based on ICD-9 to ICD-O-2 conversion table43.
- If ICD-9 Cancer code is related to a specific histology code (different than 8000) based on ICD-9 to ICD-O-2 conversion table then reported ICD-O-2 Histology should not be generic (equal to 8000).
- ICD-9 Cancer code and ICD-O-2 Behaviour must be coherent based on ICD-9 to ICD-O-2 conversion table.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR6-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T14 = '1' AND T13 <> '0000' AND (T13 and T15 NOT IN [ICD-9 to ICD-O-2 conversion table]) | Record Rejected |
TCOR6-2 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T14 = '1' AND T13 <> '0000' AND T16 = '8000' AND (ICD-O-2 Histology <> '8000' IN [ICD-9 to ICD-O-2 conversion table where ICD-9 = T13]) | Warning |
TCOR6-3 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T14 = '1' AND T13 <> '0000' AND (T13 and T17 NOT IN [ICD-9 to ICD-O-2 conversion table]) | Record Rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR6-1 | ICD-9 Cancer code and ICD-O-2/3 Topography are not coherent. | Core Error |
TCOR6-2 | ICD-O-2 Histology could have been more precise based on ICD-9 cancer code. | Warning |
TCOR6-3 | ICD-9 Cancer code and ICD-O-2 Behaviour are not coherent. | Core Error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Edit formerly known as Correlation Edit No.20 Business rules deleted: ICD-10 related rules dropped. Business rules added: Coherence check between ICD-9 Cancer code and ICD-O2/3 Topography added. Coherence check between ICD-9 Cancer code and ICD-O-2 Histology added. |
TCOR7
Purpose
This edit ensures the consistency between related ICD-O-2 and ICD-O-3 values.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T14 | 1 | Source classification flag | TSCF |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T16 | 4 | ICD-O-2 Histology | TICD_O2H |
T17 | 1 | ICD-O-2 Behaviour | TICD_O2B |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
Business rules
- ICD-O-3 Histology and ICD-O-3 Behaviour combination must be consistent with ICD-O-2/3 Topography, ICD-O-2 Histology and ICD-O-2 Behaviour combination based on ICD-O-2 to ICD-O-3 conversion table44.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR7-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T14 IN [‘1', '2'] AND T16 <> '0000' AND (T21 and T22 combination NOT IN [ICD-O-2 to ICD-O-3 conversion table for T15, T16 and T17 combination]) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR7-1 | ICD-O-3 Histology and ICD-O-3 Behaviour combination is not coherent with ICD-O-2/3 Topography, ICD-O-2 Histology and ICD-O-2 Behaviour combination. | Core Error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit added: New edit. |
TCOR8
Purpose
Not applicable. (This empty correlation is kept as a placeholder for future requirement implementation.)
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable | Not applicable | Not applicable |
Business rules
Not applicable
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable | Not applicable |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable | Not applicable |
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
TCOR9
Purpose
This edit rejects tumour records that are outside the CCR core scope.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of Date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
Business rules
- ICD-O-2/3 Topography, ICD-O-3 Histology, ICD-O-3 Behaviour and year of Date of diagnosis combination must be within the CCR core scope45.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR9-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND (T12.YEAR, T15, T21 and T22 NOT IN [CCR core scope]) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR9-1 | Based on ICD-O-2/3 Topography, ICD-O-3 Histology and Behaviour and Date of diagnosis, the tumour is outside the CCR core scope. | Core Error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit consolidated: Edits formerly known as Correlation edit No.13 and Correlation edit No.21. Business rules changed: Verification is now performed on ICD-O-3 values only, regardless of the source classification used. |
TCOR10
Purpose
This edit ensures that invalid combinations of topography and histology are rejected.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of Date of diagnosis (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
Business rules
- ICD-O-2/3 Topography and ICD-O-3 Histology and year of date of diagnosis combination must not be invalid based on Invalid site and Histology combinations table46.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR10-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND (T12.Year, T15 and T21 IN [Invalid site and Histology combinations]) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR10-1 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography, ICD-O-3 Histology and Date of diagnosis combination is either invalid or not eligible for CCR. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Referenced fields, Business rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages changed: Verification now includes Date of diagnosis. |
2004 | Edit renamed: Edit formerly known as Correlation Edit No.23. Business rules changed: Verification is now performed on ICD-O-3 values only, regardless of the source classification used. |
TCOR11
Purpose
This edit ensures that invalid combinations of histology and behaviour codes are rejected.
Note: Invalid combinations are combinations that are invalid from a subject matter point of view. These are different from matrix combinations which are combinations not explicitly listed in ICD-O but possible from a subject matter point of view and allowed based on rules or coding guidelines for morphology, ICD-O-3 (page 29).
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of Date of diagnosis (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
Business rules
- ICD-O-3 Histology, ICD-O-3 Behaviour and year of date of diagnosis combination must not be invalid based on Invalid Histology and Behaviour combination table47.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR11-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND (T12.YEAR, T21 and T22 IN [Invalid Histology and Behaviour combination]) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR11-1 | ICD-O-3 Histology, ICD-O-3 Behaviour and Date of diagnosis combination is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Referenced fields, Business rules, Edit logic and Feedback report messages changed: Verification now includes Date of diagnosis. |
2004 | Edit renamed: Edit formerly known as Correlation Edit No.24. Business rules changed: Verification is now performed on ICD-O-3 values only, regardless of the source classification used. |
TCOR12
Purpose
This edit ensures the consistency between the topography and the laterality.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of Date of diagnosis (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T19 | 1 | Laterality | TLATERAL |
Business rules
- ICD-O-2/3 Topography, Laterality and year of date of diagnosis combination must be valid based on Valid site and Laterality combinations table48.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR12-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND (T12.Year, T15 and T19 NOT IN [Valid site and Laterality combinations table]) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR12-1 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography, Laterality and Date of diagnosis combination is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Edit formerly known as Correlation Edit No.22. Business rules changed: Verification is now performed on ICD-O-3 values only, regardless of the source classification used. |
TCOR13
Purpose
This edit ensures that invalid combinations of Method used to establish the date of diagnosis and Diagnostic confirmation codes are rejected.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of Date of Diagnosis (year of Date of Diagnosis) | N/A |
T24 | 1 | Method used to establish the date of diagnosis | TMETHUSED |
T25 | 1 | Diagnostic confirmation | TMETHCONF |
T53 | 1 | Ambiguous Terminology Diagnosis | TAMBIGTERM |
Business rules
- Diagnostic confirmation cannot be less definitive than Method used to establish the date of diagnosis. Example: Diagnostic confirmation cannot be “positive cytology” if the Method used to establish the Date of Diagnosis is “positive histology”.
- Method used to establish the date of diagnosis and Diagnostic confirmation must indicate the same value when either is "Autopsy Only" or "Death Certificate Only (DCO)" and the other one is reported.
For Add and Update Tumour records where the Date of Diagnosis is in 2008 or after
- If Ambiguous Terminology Diagnosis is Ambiguous terminology only (1) then
- Diagnostic Confirmation must be more definitive than Method used to establish date of diagnosis.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR13-1 | T5 IN ['1', '2'] AND (T12.YEAR>= '2008') AND T53 = ‘1' AND T24 IN ['1','2','4','5','6','7', ‘9'] AND T25 IN ['1','2','4','5','6','7', ‘9'] AND ((T24='2' AND T25='2') OR (T24<T25)) | Record rejected |
TCOR13-2 | T5 IN ['1', '2'] AND (T12.YEAR>= '2004' ) AND T24 IN ['1','2','4','5','6','7', ‘9'] AND T25 IN ['1','2','4','5','6','7', ‘9'] AND ((T24='2' AND T25='2') OR (T24<T25 AND NOT (T24='1' and T25='2'))) | Record rejected |
TCOR13-3 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR>= '2004' AND ((T24 IN ['3', '8'] AND T25<>'0') OR (T25 IN ['3', '8'] AND T24<>'0')) AND T24 <> T25) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR13-1 | Diagnostic confirmation must be more definitive than Method used to establish the date of diagnosis when Ambiguous terminology is equal to 1. | Core error |
TCOR13-2 | Diagnostic confirmation cannot be less definitive than Method used to establish the date of diagnosis. | Core error |
TCOR13-3 | Method Used to Establish the Date of Diagnosis and Diagnostic Confirmation must indicate the same method when either is "Autopsy Only" or "Death Certificate Only (DCO)". | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2008 | New Sub-edit added: To make Diagnostic confirmation more definitive than Method used to establish the date of diagnosis. |
2007 | New edit added. |
TCOR14
Purpose
This edit ensures that method of diagnosis is only reported for tumours diagnosed prior to 2004.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T11 | 1 | Method of diagnosis | TMETHDIAG |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of Date of diagnosis (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
Business rules
- Method of diagnosis must only be reported when Date of diagnosis is prior 2004.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR14-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR < 2004 AND T11 = ‘0' | Record rejected |
TCOR14-2 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2004 AND T11 <> ‘0' | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR14-1 | Method of diagnosis must be reported for tumours diagnosed before 2004. | Core error |
TCOR14-2 | Method of diagnosis must be coded ‘Not reported' for tumours diagnosed in 2004 and onwards. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit Added: New edit. |
TCOR15
Purpose
This edit ensures that method used to establish the date of diagnosis is only reported for tumours diagnosed in 2004 and onwards.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of Date of diagnosis (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T24 | 1 | Method used to establish the date of diagnosis | TMETHUSED |
Business rules
- Method used to establish the date of diagnosis must only be reported when Date of diagnosis is in 2004 or after.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR15-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR < 2004 AND T24<> ‘0' | Record rejected |
TCOR15-2 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2004 AND T24 = ‘0' | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR15-1 | Method used to establish the date of diagnosis must be coded 'Not reported' for tumours diagnosed before 2004. | Core error |
TCOR15-2 | Method used to establish the date of diagnosis must be reported for tumours diagnosed in 2004 and onwards. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit Added: New edit. |
TCOR16
Purpose
This edit ensures that diagnostic confirmation is only reported for tumours diagnosed in 2004 and onwards.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of Date of diagnosis (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T25 | 1 | Diagnostic confirmation | TMETHCONF |
Business rules
- Diagnostic confirmation must only be reported when Date of diagnosis is in 2004 or after.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR16-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR < 2004 AND T25<> ‘0' | Record rejected |
TCOR16-2 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2004 AND T25 = ‘0' | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR16-1 | Diagnostic confirmation must be coded ‘Not reported' for tumours diagnosed before 2004. | Core error |
TCOR16-2 | Diagnostic confirmation must be reported for tumours diagnosed in 2004 and onwards. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit Added: New edit. |
TCOR17
Purpose
This edit ensures that grade, differentiation or cell indicator is only reported for tumours diagnosed in 2004 and onwards.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of Date of diagnosis (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T23 | 1 | Grade, differentiation or cell indicator | TGRADE |
Business rules
- Grade, differentiation or cell indicator must only be reported when Date of diagnosis is in 2004 or after.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR17-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR < 2004 AND T23 <> ‘0' | Record rejected |
TCOR17-2 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2004 AND T23 = ‘0' | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR17-1 | Grade, differentiation or cell indicator must be coded ‘Not reported' for tumours diagnosed before 2004. | Core error |
TCOR17-2 | Grade, differentiation or cell indicator must be reported for tumours diagnosed in 2004 and onwards. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit Added: New edit. |
TCOR18
Purpose
This edit ensures that collaborative staging variables are reported for tumours within the CCR collaborative staging scope.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T27 | 3 | CS tumour size | TCSTSIZE |
T28 | 2 | CS extension | TCSEXTN |
T29 | 1 | CS tumour size/ext eval | TCSEVAL |
T30 | 2 | CS lymph nodes | TCSLNODE |
T31 | 1 | CS reg nodes eval | TCSRNEVL |
T32 | 2 | Regional nodes examined | TCSRNEXAM |
T33 | 2 | Regional nodes positive | TCSRNPOS |
T34 | 2 | CS mets at dx | TCSMDIAG |
T35 | 1 | CS mets eval | TCSMEVAL |
T36 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 1 | TCSSSF1 |
T37 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 2 | TCSSSF2 |
T38 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 3 | TCSSSF3 |
T39 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 4 | TCSSSF4 |
T40 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 5 | TCSSSF5 |
T41 | 3 | CS site-specific factor 6 | TCSSSF6 |
T52 | 6 | CS Version 1st | TCSFVER |
Business rules
- All Collaborative staging variables must be blank.
- All Collaborative staging variables must be reported.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR18-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR < 2004 AND (T27 IS NOT NULL OR T28 IS NOT NULL OR T29 IS NOT NULL OR T30 IS NOT NULL OR T31 IS NOT NULL OR T32 IS NOT NULL OR T33 IS NOT NULL OR T34 IS NOT NULL OR T35 IS NOT NULL OR T36 IS NOT NULL OR T37 IS NOT NULL OR T38 IS NOT NULL OR T39 IS NOT NULL OR T40 IS NOT NULL OR T41 IS NOT NULL OR T52 IS NOT NULL) | CS data items are not posted. |
TCOR18-2 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2004 AND (T27 IS NULL OR T28 IS NULL OR T29 IS NULL OR T30 IS NULL OR T31 IS NULL OR T32 IS NULL OR T33 IS NULL OR T34 IS NULL OR T35 IS NULL OR T36 IS NULL OR T37 IS NULL OR T38 IS NULL OR T39 IS NULL OR T40 IS NULL OR T41 IS NULL OR T52 IS NULL) | CS data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR18-1 | Collaborative staging data must be left blank for tumours diagnosed prior to 2004. Reported data will not be loaded into CCR. | CS fatal error |
TCOR18-2 | Eligible Collaborative staging site: all Collaborative staging variables must be reported. | CS fatal error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Referenced fields and Edit logic updated: T52 added as a new CS variable |
2004 | Edit Added: New edit. |
TCOR19
Purpose
This edit ensures that AJCC TNM staging variables are reported for tumours within the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
T42 | 9 | AJCC clinical T | TAJCCCLINT |
T43 | 3 | AJCC clinical N | TAJCCCLINN |
T44 | 3 | AJCC clinical M | TAJCCCLINM |
T45 | 9 | AJCC pathologic T | TAJCCPATHT |
T46 | 3 | AJCC pathologic N | TAJCCPATHN |
T47 | 3 | AJCC pathologic M | TAJCCPATHM |
T48 | 4 | AJCC clinical TNM stage group | TAJCCCLINSG |
T49 | 4 | AJCC pathologic TNM stage group | TAJCCPATHSG |
T50 | 4 | AJCC TNM stage group | TAJCCSG |
T51 | 2 | AJCC edition number | TAJCCEDNUM |
Business rules
- All AJCC TNM staging variables must be reported.
- All AJCC TNM staging variables must be blank.
To simplify the edit logic, let Site X be a given site within the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope. Example: Colorectal, breast or prostate.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR19-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR < 2003 AND NOT (T42 IS NULL AND T43 IS NULL AND T44 IS NULL AND T45 IS NULL AND T46 IS NULL AND T47 IS NULL AND T48 IS NULL AND T49 IS NULL AND T50 IS NULL AND T51 IS NULL) | AJCC TNM data items are not posted. |
TCOR19-2 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for Site X] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X] AND (T42 IS NULL OR T43 IS NULL OR T44 IS NULL OR T45 IS NULL OR T46 IS NULL OR T47 IS NULL OR T48 IS NULL OR T49 IS NULL OR T50 IS NULL OR T51 IS NULL) | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
TCOR19-3 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND NOT (T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for Site X] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X]) AND NOT (T42 IS NULL AND T43 IS NULL AND T44 IS NULL AND T45 IS NULL AND T46 IS NULL AND T47 IS NULL AND T48 IS NULL AND T49 IS NULL AND T50 IS NULL AND T51 IS NULL) | AJCC TNM data items are not posted. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR19-1 | All AJCC TNM staging data must be blank for tumours diagnosed prior to 2003. Reported data will not be loaded into CCR. | AJCC TNM fatal error |
TCOR19-2 | Eligible AJCC TNM staging site: all AJCC TNM staging variables must be reported. | AJCC TNM fatal error |
TCOR19-3 | Non-eligible AJCC TNM staging site: all AJCC TNM staging variables must be blank. Reported data will not be loaded into CCR. | AJCC TNM fatal error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit Added: New edit. |
TCOR20
Purpose
This edit ensures that TNM stage group is reported only when clinical and pathologic TNM stage group are not reported.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
T48 | 4 | AJCC clinical TNM stage group | TAJCCCLINSG |
T49 | 4 | AJCC pathologic TNM stage group | TAJCCPATHSG |
T50 | 4 | AJCC TNM stage group | TAJCCSG |
Business rules
- AJCC TNM stage group can only be reported when both AJCC clinical TNM stage group and AJCC pathologic TNM stage group are either unknown or not assessed.
To simplify the edit logic, let Site X be a given site within the AJCC TNM Staging. Ex:Colorectal, breast or prostate.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR20-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for Site X] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X] AND T50 <> ‘99' AND (T48 NOT IN [‘99', ‘X'] OR T49 NOT IN [‘99', ‘X']) | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR20-1 | TNM stage group cannot be reported when clinical and/or pathologic TNM stage group is reported. | AJCC TNM error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit Added: New edit. |
TCOR21
Purpose
This edit ensures that the combination of AJCC Clinical TNM stage group and the individual clinical T, N, M values combination is acceptable.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
T42 | 9 | AJCC clinical T | TAJCCCLINT |
T43 | 3 | AJCC clinical N | TAJCCCLINN |
T44 | 3 | AJCC clinical M | TAJCCCLINM |
T48 | 4 | AJCC clinical TNM stage group | TAJCCCLINSG |
Business rules
- If AJCC clinical TNM stage group is known and assessed then AJCC clinical T, N, M and AJCC clinical TNM stage group combination must be valid for the site49.
- If AJCC clinical TNM stage group is not assessed then AJCC clinical T, N and M combination must not lead to a stage group for the site
- If AJCC clinical TNM stage group is unknown then all AJCC clinical T, N and M values must also be unknown and conversely.
To simplify the edit logic, let Site X be a given site within the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope. Example: Colorectal, breast or prostate.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR21-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for Site X] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X] AND NOT (T42 = ‘99' AND T43 = ‘99' AND T44 = ‘99') AND T48 NOT IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND T42, T43, T44, T48 NOT IN [valid AJCC TNM and stage group combination for Site X] | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
TCOR21-2 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for Site X] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X] AND T48 = ‘X' AND T42, T43, T44 IN [valid AJCC TNM and stage group combination for Site X] | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
TCOR21-3 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for Site X] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X] AND T48 = ‘99' AND (T42 <> ‘99' OR T43 <> ‘99' OR T44 <> ‘99') | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
TCOR21-4 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for Site X] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X] AND T48 <> ‘99' AND T42 = ‘99' AND T43 = ‘99' AND T44 = ‘99' | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR21-1 | AJCC clinical TNM stage group is invalid for reported AJCC clinical T, N and M values and site. | AJCC TNM error |
TCOR21-2 | AJCC clinical TNM stage group must be assessed for reported clinical T, N and M values and site. | AJCC TNM error |
TCOR21-3 | All AJCC clinical T, N and M values must be set to ‘Unknown' when AJCC clinical TNM stage group is ‘Unknown'. | AJCC TNM error |
TCOR21-4 | AJCC clinical TNM stage group must be set to ‘Unknown' when All AJCC clinical T, N and M values are set to ‘Unknown'. | AJCC TNM error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit Added: New edit. |
TCOR22
Purpose
This edit ensures that the combination of AJCC pathologic TNM stage group and the individualpathologic T, N, M values is acceptable.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
T45 | 9 | AJCC pathologic T | TAJCCPATHT |
T46 | 3 | AJCC pathologic N | TAJCCPATHN |
T47 | 3 | AJCC pathologic M | TAJCCPATHM |
T49 | 4 | AJCC pathologic TNM stage group | TAJCCPATHSG |
Business rules
- If AJCC pathologic TNM stage group is known and assessed then AJCC pathologic T, N, M and AJCC pathologic TNM stage group combination must be valid for the site49.
- If AJCC pathologic TNM stage group is not assessed then AJCC pathologic T, N and M combination must not imply a stage group for the site49.
- If AJCC pathologic TNM stage group is unknown then all AJCC pathologic T, N and M values must also be unknown and conversely.
To simplify the edit logic, let Site X be a given site within the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope. Example: Colorectal, breast or prostate.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR22-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for SiteX] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X] AND NOT (T45 = ‘99' AND T46 = ‘99' AND T47 = ‘99') AND T49 NOT IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND T45, T46, T47, T49 NOT IN [valid AJCC TNM and stage group combination for Site X] | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
TCOR22-2 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for Site X] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X] AND T49 = ‘X' AND T45, T46, T47 IN [valid AJCC TNM and stage group combination for Site X] | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
TCOR22-3 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for Site X] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X] AND T49 = ‘99' AND (T45 <> ‘99' OR T46 <> ‘99' OR T47 <> ‘99') | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
TCOR22-4 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for Site X] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X] AND T49 <> ‘99' AND T45 = ‘99' AND T46 = ‘99' AND T47 = ‘99' | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR22-1 | AJCC pathologic TNM stage group is invalid for reported AJCC pathologic T, N and M values and site. | AJCC TNM error |
TCOR22-2 | AJCC pathologic TNM stage group must be assessed for reported pathologic T, N and M values and site. | AJCC TNM error |
TCOR22-3 | All AJCC pathologic T, N and M values must be set to ‘Unknown' when AJCC pathologic TNM stage group is ‘Unknown'. | AJCC TNM error |
TCOR22-4 | AJCC pathologic TNM stage group must be set to ‘Unknown' when All AJCC pathologic T, N and M values are set to ‘Unknown'. | AJCC TNM error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit Added: New edit. |
TCOR23
Purpose
This edit ensures that the combination of AJCC TNM stage group and the individual clinical/pathologic T, N, M values is acceptable.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
T42 | 9 | AJCC clinical T | TAJCCCLINT |
T43 | 3 | AJCC clinical N | TAJCCCLINN |
T44 | 3 | AJCC clinical M | TAJCCCLINM |
T45 | 9 | AJCC pathologic T | TAJCCPATHT |
T46 | 3 | AJCC pathologic N | TAJCCPATHN |
T47 | 3 | AJCC pathologic M | TAJCCPATHM |
T50 | 4 | AJCC TNM stage group | TAJCCSG |
Business rules
- If AJCC TNM stage group is known then the most “accurate” combination of known and assessed AJCC clinical/pathologic T, N, M values and AJCC TNM stage group must be valid49,50. For any staging element (T, N, M), pathologic values are always considered more “accurate” when both clinical and pathologic values are known and assessed.
- Example If cT = ‘T2' and pT = ‘T1', the most accurate tumour stage is ‘T1' (pathologic data take precedence over clinical).
- Example If cM = ‘M1' and pM = ‘MX', the most accurate metastases stage is ‘M1' (pathologic M is not assessed).
To simplify the edit logic, let:
- BestT (clin, path), BestN (clin, path) and BestM (clin, path) be functions that return the most “accurate” tumour, node and metastases staging value based on the rules stated above. When both clinical and pathologic values are '99', 'TX', 'NX' or 'MX', these functions always return the pathologic value.
- Site X be a given site within the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope. Example: Colorectal, breast or prostate.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR23-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for Site X] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for Site X] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for Site X] AND T50 <> '99' AND ((BestT (T42, T45) NOT IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND BestN (T43, T46) IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND BestM (T44, T47) IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND BestT(T42, T45), T50 NOT IN [valid AJCC TNM and stage group combination for Site X]) OR (BestT (T42, T45) IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND BestN (T43, T46) NOT IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND BestM (T44, T47) IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND BestN (T43, T46), T50 NOT IN [valid AJCC TNM and stage group combination for Site X]) OR (BestT (T42, T45) IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND BestN (T43, T46) IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND BestM (T44, T47) NOT IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND BestM (T44, T47), T50 NOT IN [valid AJCC TNM and stage group combination for Site X]) OR (BestT (T42, T45) NOT IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND BestN (T43, T46) NOT IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND BestM (T44, T47) IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND BestT (T42, T45), BestN (T43, T46), T50 NOT IN [valid AJCC TNM and stage group combination for Site X]) OR (BestT (T42, T45) IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND BestN (T43, T46) NOT IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND BestM (T44, T47) NOT IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND BestN (T43, T46), BestM (T44, T47), T50 NOT IN [valid AJCC TNM and stage group combination for Site X]) OR ((BestT (T42, T45) NOT IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND BestN (T43, T46) IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND BestM (T44, T47) NOT IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND BestT(T42, T45), BestM (T44, T47), T50 NOT IN [valid AJCC TNM and stage group combination for Site X]) OR (BestT (T42, T45) NOT IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND BestN (T43, T46) NOT IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND BestM (T44, T47) NOT IN [‘99', ‘X'] AND BestT(T42, T45), BestN (T43, T46), BestM (T44, T47), T50 NOT IN [valid AJCC TNM and stage group combination for Site X])) | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR23-1 | AJCC TNM stage group is invalid for reported clinical/pathologic T, N and M values and site. | AJCC TNM error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit Added: New edit. |
TCOR24
Purpose
This edit ensures that AJCC edition number is coherent with all remaining AJCC TNM staging variables.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
T42 | 9 | AJCC clinical T | TAJCCCLINT |
T43 | 3 | AJCC clinical N | TAJCCCLINN |
T44 | 3 | AJCC clinical M | TAJCCCLINM |
T45 | 9 | AJCC pathologic T | TAJCCPATHT |
T46 | 3 | AJCC pathologic N | TAJCCPATHN |
T47 | 3 | AJCC pathologic M | TAJCCPATHM |
T48 | 4 | AJCC clinical TNM stage group | TAJCCCLINSG |
T49 | 4 | AJCC pathologic TNM stage group | TAJCCPATHSG |
T50 | 4 | AJCC TNM stage group | TAJCCSG |
T51 | 2 | AJCC edition number | TAJCCEDNUM |
Business rules
- If AJCC edition number is set to ‘Not staged' then all other AJCC TNM staging variables must be set to ‘Unknown' and conversely.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR24-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND ((T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for AJCC TNM Staging Colorectal sites] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for AJCC TNM Staging Colorectal sites] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for AJCC TNM Staging Colorectal sites]) OR (T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for AJCC TNM Staging Breast sites] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for AJCC TNM Staging Breast sites] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Behaviour codes for AJCC TNM Staging Breast sites]) OR (T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for AJCC TNM Staging Prostate sites] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for AJCC TNM Staging Prostate sites] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Behaviour codes for AJCC TNM Staging Prostate sites])) AND T42 = ‘99' AND T43 = ‘99' AND T44 = ‘99' AND T45 = ‘99' AND T46 = ‘99' AND T47 = ‘99' AND T48 = ‘99' AND T49 = ‘99' AND T50 = ‘99' AND T51 <> ‘00' | AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
TCOR24-2 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2003 AND ((T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for AJCC TNM Staging Colorectal sites] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for AJCC TNM Staging Colorectal sites] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 Behaviour codes for AJCC TNM Staging Colorectal sites]) OR (T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for AJCC TNM Staging Breast sites] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for AJCC TNM Staging Breast sites] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Behaviour codes for AJCC TNM Staging Breast sites]) OR (T15 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Topography codes for AJCC TNM Staging Prostate sites] AND T21 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Histology codes for AJCC TNM Staging Prostate sites] AND T22 IN [Eligible ICD-O-3 – Behaviour codes for AJCC TNM Staging Prostate sites])) AND T51 = ‘00' AND (T42 <> ‘99' OR T43 <> ‘99' OR T44 <> ‘99' OR T45 <> ‘99' OR T46 <> ‘99' OR T47 <> ‘99' OR T48 <> ‘99' OR T49 <> ‘99' OR T50 <> ‘99') | All AJCC TNM data items filled with 'R' at posting. |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR24-1 | TNM edition number must be set to ‘Not Staged' when all other AJCC TNM staging variables are ‘Unknown'. | AJCC TNM error |
TCOR24-2 | TNM edition number cannot be set to ‘Not Staged' when some AJCC TNM staging variables are reported. | AJCC TNM error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit Added: New edit. |
TCOR26
Purpose
This edit ensures the consistency between Ambiguous terminology diagnosis and Date of conclusive diagnosis.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T53 | 1 | Ambiguous terminology diagnosis | TDATCONCLUSDIAG |
T54 | 8 | Date of conclusive diagnosis | TMULTCOUNT |
Business rules
- If Date of Diagnosis is before 2008 then Ambiguous terminology diagnosis and Date of conclusive diagnosis must both be blank.
- If Date of Diagnosis is 2008 and onwards then Ambiguous terminology diagnosis and Date of conclusive diagnosis must be either both blank or both reported.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR26-1 | T5 IN [‘1','2'] AND T12.YEAR < 2008 AND (T53 IS NOT NULL OR T54 IS NOT NULL) | Record rejected |
TCOR26-2 | T5 IN [‘1','2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2008 AND (T53 IS NOT NULL OR T54 IS NOT NULL) AND (T53 IS NULL OR T54 IS NULL) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR26-1 | Ambiguous terminology diagnosis and Date of conclusive diagnosis must both be blank if Date of diagnosis is before 2008. | Core error |
TCOR26-2 | If Date of diagnosis is 2008 and onwards, Ambiguous terminology diagnosis and Date of conclusive diagnosis must either both be reported or both be left blank. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2008 | Edit added: New edit. |
TCOR27
Purpose
This edit ensures the consistency between Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary, Date of multiple tumours and Multiplicity counter.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12.YEAR | 5 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T55 | 2 | Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary | TMULTTUMONEPRIM |
T56 | 8 | Date of multiple tumours | DDATMULT |
T57 | 2 | Multiplicity counter | TMULTCOUNT |
Business rules
- If Date of Diagnosis is before 2008 then Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary, Date of multiple tumours and Multiplicity counter must all be blank.
- If Date of Diagnosis is 2008 and onwards then Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary, Date of multiple tumours, and Multiplicity counter must be either all blank or all reported.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR27-1 | T5 IN [‘1','2'] AND T12.YEAR < 2008 AND (T55 IS NOT NULL OR T56 IS NOT NULL OR T57 IS NOT NULL) | Record rejected |
TCOR27-2 | T5 IN [‘1','2'] AND T12.YEAR >= 2008 AND (T55 IS NOT NULL OR T56 IS NOT NULL OR T57 IS NOT NULL) AND (T55 IS NULL OR T56 IS NULL OR T57 IS NULL) | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR27-1 | Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary, Date of multiple tumours and Multiplicity counter must all be blank if Date of diagnosis is before 2008. | Core error |
TCOR27-2 | Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary, Date of multiple tumours and Multiplicity counter must either all be blank or all be reported if Date of diagnosis is 2008 and onwards. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2008 | Edit added: New edit. |
TCOR29
Purpose
This edit ensures the consistency between Ambiguous terminology diagnosis and Date of conclusive diagnosis.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T53 | 1 | Ambiguous terminology diagnosis | TAMBIGTERM |
T54 | 8 | Date of multiple tumours | DDATMULT |
Business rules
- If Ambiguous terminology diagnosis is “Conclusive terminology within 60 days of original diagnosis” (0) then Date of conclusive diagnosis must be “Not applicable” (88888888).
- If Ambiguous terminology diagnosis is “Ambiguous terminology only” (1) then Date of conclusive diagnosis must be ”Accessioned based on ambiguous terminology diagnosis only” (00000000).
- If Ambiguous terminology diagnosis is “Ambiguous terminology followed by conclusive terminology” (2) then Date of conclusive diagnosis must NOT be “Not applicable” (88888888) or “Accessioned based on ambiguous terminology diagnosis only” (00000000).
- If Ambiguous terminology diagnosis is “Unknown terminology” (9) then Date of conclusive diagnosis must indicate that date is unknown (99999999).
- If Ambiguous terminology diagnosis is “Ambiguous terminology followed by conclusive terminology” (2) then Date of conclusive diagnosis should NOT be unknown (99999999).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR29-1 | T5 IN [‘1','2'] AND (T53 = ‘0' AND T54 <> ‘88888888') OR (T53 = ‘1' AND T54 <> ‘00000000') OR (T53 = ‘2' AND T54 IN [‘00000000', ‘88888888']) OR (T53 = ‘9' AND T54 <> ‘99999999') | Record rejected |
TCOR29-2 | T5 IN [‘1', '2'] AND T53 IN [‘2'] AND T54 IN [‘99999999'] | Warning |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR29-1 | Ambiguous terminology diagnosis and Date of conclusive diagnosis are inconsistent. | Core error |
TCOR29-2 | Date of conclusive diagnosis should be a valid calendar date when case is identified as "Ambiguous terminology followed by conclusive terminology”. | Warning |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2008 | Edit added: New edit. |
TCOR30
Purpose
This edit ensures that date of diagnosis and date of conclusive diagnosis respect a chronological sequence and time frame.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12 | 8 | Date of diagnosis | TDATDIAG |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T12.MONTH | 2 | 5th and 6th digits of T12 (month of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T12.DAY | 2 | Last 2 digits of T12 (day of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T54 | 8 | Date of Conclusive Diagnosis | TDATCONCLUSDIAG |
T54.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T54 (year of date of conclusive diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T54.MONTH | 2 | 5th and 6th digits of T54 (month of date of conclusive diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T54.DAY | 2 | Last 2 digits of T54 (day of date of conclusive diagnosis) | Not applicable |
Business rules
- Date of conclusive diagnosis must be greater than two months (60 days) after the Date of diagnosis.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR30-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T54 NOT IN [‘00000000','88888888', ‘99999999'] AND ((T12.DAY <> ‘99' AND T54.DAY <> ‘99' AND T54 < T12) OR (T12.MONTH <> ‘99' AND T54.MONTH <> ‘99' AND T54.YEAR || T54.MONTH < T12.YEAR || T12.MONTH) OR (T54.YEAR < T12.YEAR)) | Record rejected |
TCOR30-2 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T54 NOT IN [‘00000000','88888888', ‘99999999'] and DIFF_DAYS (Date1,Date2) <= 60. See Appendix J – Interval between 2 dates (complete or partial). | Record rejected |
TCOR30-3 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T12.YEAR = T54.YEAR AND T12.MONTH = ‘99' AND T54.MONTH = ‘99' | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR30-1 | Date of conclusive diagnosis is before date of diagnosis. | Core error |
TCOR30-2 | Date of conclusive diagnosis must be greater than 60 days after the date of diagnosis. | Core error |
TCOR30-3 | If the year of Date of diagnosis is equal to the year of Date of conclusive diagnosis and both months are unknown, the Date of conclusive diagnosis must be unknown. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2008 | Edit added: New edit. |
TCOR31
Purpose
This edit ensures the consistency between ICD-O-2/3 Topography and Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T15 | 5 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_02T |
T55 | 2 | Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary | TMULTTUMONEPRIM |
Business rules
- If Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary is coded as “polyp and adenocarcinoma” (31) or “Familial Adenomatous Polyposis (FAP) with carcinoma” (32) Then ICD-O-2/3 Topography must be coded as “Colon” (C180-C189), “Rectosigmoid Junction” (C199) or “Rectum” (C209).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR31-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T55 IN [31,32] and T15 NOT IN [C180-C189, C199 or C209] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR31-1 | Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary and ICD-O-2/3 combination is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2008 | Edit added: New edit. |
TCOR32
Purpose
This edit ensures the consistency between ICD-O-3 Behaviour and Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T22 | 1 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_03B |
T55 | 2 | Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary | TMULTTUMONEPRIM |
Business rules
- If Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary is coded as either “Multiple benign (intracranial and CNS sites only)” (10), “Multiple borderline” (11), or “Benign (intracranial and CNS sites only) and borderline” (12), then ICD-O-3 Behaviour must be coded as either “benign” (0) or “borderline” (1).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR32-1 | T5 IN [‘1', ‘2'] AND T55 IN [‘10', '11', '12'] AND T22 NOT IN [‘0','1'] | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR32-1 | Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary and ICD-O-3 behaviour combination is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2008 | Edit added: New edit. |
TCOR33
Purpose
This edit ensures the consistency between Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary, Date of multiple tumours, Multiplicity counter, ICD-O-2/3 Topography and ICD-O-3 Histology.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T15 | 4 | ICD–O–2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T21 | 4 | ICD–O–3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T24 | 1 | Method used to establish the date of diagnosis | TMETHUSED |
T55 | 2 | Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary | TMULTTUMONEPRIM |
T56 | 8 | Date of multiple tumours | DDATMULT |
T57 | 2 | Multiplicity counter | TMULTCOUNT |
Business rules
- If ICD–O–2/3 topography is ‘unknown primary' (C809) or ICD–O– 3 Histology refers to lymphoma, leukemia or immunoproliferative disease62 [9590-9989] then Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary, Date of multiple tumours and Multiplicity counter must be ‘Information on multiple tumours not applicable for this site'.
- If ICD-O-2/3 topography is known (not C809) and ICD–O–3 Histology does NOT refer to lymphoma, leukemia or immunoproliferative disease [9590-9989] then Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary, Date of multiple tumours and Multiplicity counter must not be ‘Information on multiple tumours not applicable for this site'.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR33-1 | T5 IN [‘1','2'] AND T24 <> 8 AND (T15 = ‘C809' OR T21 IN [9590-9989]) AND T55 <> 88 OR T56 <> ‘88888888' OR T57 <> ‘88' | Record rejected |
TCOR33-2 | T5 IN [‘1','2'] AND T24 <> 8 AND (T15 <> ‘C809' OR T21 NOT IN [9590-9989]) AND T55 = ‘88' OR T56 = ‘88888888' OR T57 = ‘88' | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR33-1 | Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary, Date of multiple tumours and Multiplicity counter must be reported as ‘Information on multiple tumours not applicable for this site'. | Core error |
TCOR33-2 | Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary, Date of multiple tumours and Multiplicity counter must NOT be reported as ‘Information on multiple tumours not applicable for this site'. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2008 | Edit added: New edit. |
TCOR34
Purpose
This edit ensures the consistency between Date of multiple tumours and Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T55 | 2 | Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary | TMULTTUMONEPRIM |
T56 | 8 | Date of multiple tumours | DDATMULT |
T57 | 2 | Multiplicity counter | TMULTCOUNT |
Business rules
- If Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary is “single tumour” (00) then Date of multiple tumours must be “single tumour” (00000000) and Multiplicity counter must be ‘01'.
- If Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary is “not applicable for this site” (88) then Date of multiple tumours must be “information on multiple tumours not applicable for this site” (88888888) and Multiplicity counter must be ‘Information on multiple tumours not applicable for this site' (88).
- If Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary indicates multiple tumours (codes 10 through 80) then Date of multiple tumours must be the date the patient is diagnosed with multiple tumours or unknown (99999999) and Multiplicity counter must be values 02 through 87.
- If Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary is “Unknown” (99) then Date of multiple tumours must be unknown (99999999) and Multiplicity counter must be “Multiple tumours present, unknown how many; unknown if single or multiple tumours” (99).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR34-1 | T5 IN [‘1','2'] AND (T55 = ‘00' AND T56 <> ‘00000000' OR T57 <> ‘01') OR (T55 = ‘88' AND T56 <> ‘88888888' OR T57 <> 88' ) OR (T55 = ‘99' AND T56 <> ‘99999999' OR T57 <> ‘99') OR (T55 IN [‘10','11','12','20','30','31','32','40','80'] AND (T56 = ‘00000000' OR T56 = ‘88888888') OR (T57 = ‘01' OR T57 = ‘88' OR T57 = ‘99') | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR34-1 | Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary, date of multiple tumours and multiplicity counter combination is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2008 | Edit added: New edit. |
TCOR35
Purpose
This edit ensures the consistency between Method used to establish the date of diagnosis, Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary, Date of multiple tumours and Multiplicity counter..
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T24 | 1 | Method used to establish the date of diagnosis | TMETHUSED |
T55 | 2 | Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary | TMULTTUMONEPRIM |
T56 | 8 | Date of multiple tumours | DDATMULT |
T57 | 2 | Multiplicity counter | TMULTCOUNT |
Business rules
- If Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary is “Unknown” (99) and Method used to establish date of diagnosis is “Death certificate only” (8), then Date of multiple tumours must be “Unknown” (99999999) and Multiplicity counter must be “Multiple tumours present, unknown how many/unknown if single or multiple tumours” (99).
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
TCOR35-1 | T5 IN [‘1','2'] AND (T55 = ‘99' AND T24 = ‘8') AND (T56 <> ‘99999999' OR T57 <> ‘99') | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
TCOR35-1 | Method used to establish the date of diagnosis, Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary, Date of multiple tumours and Multiplicity counter combination is invalid. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2008 | Edit added: New edit. |
3.6 Match edits
The purpose of the match edits is to enforce the business rules between fields on different records. For ease of use, match edits have been divided into four groups:
- Key input match edits: Ensure that input patient and tumour records respect the submission rules in terms of matching keys.
- Key base match edits: Ensure that input patient and tumour records respect the actual state of the CCR in terms of matching keys.
- Data item match edits: Enforce the business rules between data items (other than keys) found on different records.
- Pre-posting match edits: Identify core error-free input records that cannot be posted to the CCR4 because some other related Input records are either missing or have core errors.
3.6.1 Key input match edits
The purpose of the key input match edits is to ensure that input patient and tumour records respect the submission rules in terms of matching keys.
At this level, the following fields are used as key:
- Patient record: Reporting province/territory and patient identification number.
- Tumour record: Reporting province/territory, patient identification number and tumour reference number.
The following table summarizes the purpose of each individual edit of this category:
Edit name | Purpose |
---|---|
KIM1 | Ensures that only one operation affecting a specific patient record is performed (that is, add, delete or update) within a data submission. |
KIM2 | Ensures that only one operation affecting a specific Tumour record is performed (that is, add, delete or update) within a data submission. |
KIM3 | Enforces the submission rules regarding the addition of a patient record. |
KIM4 | Enforces the submission rules regarding the deletion of a patient record. |
KIM5 | Enforces the submission rules regarding the addition of a Tumour record. |
Important note:
When a key input match edit fails, all related Input records (all input patient and tumour records sharing the same reporting province/territory and patient identification number) are rejected. Related records are also called the family of records.
KIM1
Purpose
This edit ensures that only one operation affecting a specific patient record is performed
(add, delete or update) within a data submission.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P1 | 2 | Patient reporting province/territory | PREPPROV |
P2 | 12 | Patient identification number | PPIN |
Business rules
- There cannot be another Input patient record with identical Reporting province/territory and Patient identification number within the same data submission.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
KIM1-1 | Input patient record that matches another Input patient record where P1=P1 AND P2=P2. | Family rejected51 |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
KIM1-1 | Family rejected: more than one Input patient record with the same Patient reporting province/territory and Patient identification number. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Formerly known as Input Match Edit No.1. |
KIM2
Purpose
This edit ensures that only on
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T1 | 2 | Tumour reporting province/territory | TREPPROV |
T2 | 12 | Tumour patient identification number | TPIN |
T3 | 9 | Tumour reference number | TTRN |
Business rules
- There cannot be another Input Tumour record with identical Reporting province/territory, Patient identification number and Tumour reference number within the same data submission.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
KIM2-1 | Input tumour record that matches another Input tumour record where T1=T1 AND T2=T2 AND T3=T3. | Family rejected52 |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
KIM2-1 | Family rejected: more than one Input tumour record with the same Tumour reporting province/territory, Tumour patient identification number and Tumour reference number. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Formerly known as Input Match Edit No.2. |
KIM3
Purpose
This edit enforces the submission rules regarding the addition of a patient record.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P1 | 2 | Patient reporting province/territory | PREPPROV |
P2 | 12 | Patient identification number | PPIN |
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
T1 | 2 | Tumour reporting province/territory | TREPPROV |
T2 | 12 | Tumour patient identification number | TPIN |
T4 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
Business fields
- There must be at least one Add Tumour record with identical Reporting province/territory and Patient identification number and a blank CCR identification number within the same data submission.
- There cannot be any Add Tumour record with identical Reporting province/territory and Patient identification number and a reported CCR identification number within the same data submission.
- There cannot be any Update or Delete Tumour record with identical Reporting province/territory and Patient identification number within the same data submission.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
KIM3-1 | Input patient record where P4='1' that matches no Input tumour record where T5='1' AND T1=P1 AND T2=P2. | Family rejected53 |
KIM3-2 | Input patient record where P4='1' that matches an Input tumour record where T5='1' AND T1=P1 AND T2=P2 AND T4 IS NOT NULL. | Family rejected53 |
KIM3-3 | Input patient record where P4='1' that matches an Input tumour record where T5 IN ['2','3'] AND T1=P1 AND T2=P2. | Family rejected53 |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
KIM3-1 | Family rejected: Add Patient record does not match any Add Tumour record. | Core error |
KIM3-2 | Family rejected: Add Patient record matches an Add Tumour record with CCR identification number. | Core error |
KIM3-3 | Family rejected: Add Patient record matches an Update or Delete Tumour record. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Formerly known as Input Match Edit No.3. |
KIM4
Purpose
This edit enforces the submission rules regarding the deletion of a patient record.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P1 | 2 | Patient reporting province/territory | PREPROV |
P2 | 12 | Patient identification number | PPIN |
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
T1 | 2 | Tumour reporting province/territory | TREPPROV |
T2 | 12 | Tumour patient identification number | TPIN |
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
Business rules
- There must be at least one Delete Tumour record with identical Reporting province/territory and Patient identification number within the same data submission.
- There cannot be any Add or Update Tumour record with identical Reporting province/territory and Patient identification number within the same data submission.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
KIM4-1 | Input patient record where P4='3' that matches no Input tumour record where T5='3' AND P1=T1 AND P2=T2. | Family rejected53 |
KIM4-2 | Input patient record where P4='3' that matches Input tumour record where T5 IN ['1','2'] AND P1=T1 AND P2=T2. | Family rejected53 |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
KIM4-1 | Delete Patient record does not match any Delete Tumour record. | Core error |
KIM4-2 | Family rejected: Delete Patient record matches an Add or Update Tumour record. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Formerly known as Input Match Edit No.4. Business rules changed: CCR identification number has been removed from the edit since it is equivalent to Reporting province/territory – Patient identification number combination. |
KIM5
Purpose
This edit enforces the submission rules regarding the addition of a tumour record.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P1 | 2 | Patient reporting province/territory | PREPPROV |
P2 | 12 | Patient identification number | PPIN |
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
T1 | 2 | Tumour reporting province/territory | TREPPROV |
T2 | 12 | Tumour patient identification number | TPIN |
T4 | 9 | CCR Identification number | CCR_ID |
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
Business rules
- There must be an Add Patient record with identical Reporting province/territory and Patient identification number within the same data submission.
- There cannot be any Update54 Patient records with identical Reporting province/territory and Patient identification number within the same data submission.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
KIM5-1 | Input tumour record where T5='1' AND T4 IS NULL that matches no Input patient record where P4='1' AND P1=T1 AND P2=T2. | Family rejected55 |
KIM5-2 | Input tumour record where T5='1' AND T4 IS NULL that matches Input patient record where P4='2' AND P1=T1 AND P2=T2. | Family rejected55 |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
KIM5-1 | Family rejected: Add Tumour record without CCR_ID does not match an Add Patient record. | Core error |
KIM5-2 | Family rejected: Add Tumour record without CCR_ID matches an Update Patient record. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Formerly known as Input Match Edit No.6. |
3.6.2 Key base match edits
The purpose of the key base match edits is to ensure that input patient and tumour records respect the actual state of the CCR in terms of matching keys.
At this level, the following fields are used as keys:
- Patient record: CCR identification number, reporting province/territory and patient identification number.
- Tumour record: CCR identification number, reporting province/territory, patient identification number and tumour reference number.
The following table summarizes the purpose of each individual edit of this category.
Edit name | Purpose |
---|---|
KBM1 | Ensures that no duplicate Patient keys are posted to the CCR. |
KBM2 | Ensures that Update or Delete Patient record keys match a Base Patient record. |
KBM3 | Ensures that no duplicate Tumour keys are posted to the CCR. |
KBM4 | Ensures that an Add Tumour record with CCR identification number matches a Base patient record owned by the Reporting province/territory. |
KBM5 | Ensures that Update or Delete Tumour record keys match a Base tumour record. |
Important note
When a key base match edit fails, the conflicting base record (if any), is included in the detailed feedback report for easier error correction.
Writing conventions throughout the following edit descriptions:
- Expression "base patient/tumour record" means a patient/tumour record already in the CCR.
- Expression "add/update/delete/input patient/tumour record" means a patient/tumour record within the data submission.
- Unless specified otherwise, field numbers prefixed with "I" are input fields and field numbers prefixed with "B" are Base fields.
Example: IT5 is the Tumour record type field on an input tumour record.
Example: IP1 is the Reporting province/territory field on an input patient record
KBM1
Purpose
This edit ensures that no duplicate patient keys are posted to the CCR.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P1 | 2 | Patient reporting province/territory | PREPPROV |
P2 | 12 | Patient identification number | PPIN |
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
Business rules
- There must not be a Base patient record with identical Reporting province/territory and Patient identification number.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
KBM1-1 | Input patient record where IP4='1' that matches a Base patient record where IP1=BP1 AND IP2=BP2. | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
KBM1-1 | A Base patient record with identical reporting province/Territory and Patient identification number already exists. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Formerly known as Correlation Edit No.25. |
KBM2
Purpose
This edit ensures that update or delete patient record keys match a base patient record.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P1 | 2 | Patient reporting province/territory | PREPPROV |
P2 | 12 | Patient identification number | PPIN |
P3 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
Business rules
- There must be a Base patient record with identical Reporting province/territory, Patient identification number and CCR identification number.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
KBM2-1 | Input patient record where IP4 IN ['2','3'] that matches a Base patient record where IP1=BP1 AND IP2<>BP2 AND IP3=BP3. | Record rejected |
KBM2-2 | Input patient record where IP4 IN ['2','3'] that matches a Base patient record where IP1=BP1 AND IP2=BP2 AND IP3<>BP3. | Record rejected |
KBM2-3 | Input patient record where IP4 IN ['2','3'] that matches a Base patient record where IP1<>BP1 AND IP3=BP3. | Record rejected |
KBM2-4 | Input patient record where IP4 IN ['2','3'] that match no Base patient record where (IP1=BP1 AND IP2=BP2) OR IP3=BP3. | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
KBM2-1 | Based on the CCR identification number, the Patient identification number is incorrect. | Core error |
KBM2-2 | Based on the Reporting province/territory and the Patient identification number, the CCR identification number is incorrect. | Core error |
KBM2-3 | Based on the CCR identification number, the Patient is owned by another province/territory. | Core error |
KBM2-4 | No matching Patient record found in the CCR. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Formerly known as Correlation Edit No.26. |
KBM3
Purpose
This edit ensures that no duplicate tumour keys are posted to the CCR.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T1 | 2 | Tumour reporting province/Territory | TREPPROV |
T2 | 12 | Tumour patient identification number | TPIN |
T3 | 9 | Tumour reference number | TTRN |
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
Business rules
- There must not be a Base tumour record with an identical Reporting province/territory, Patient identification number and Tumour reference number.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
KBM3-1 | Input tumour record where IT5='1' that matches a Base tumour record where IT1=BT1 AND IT2=BT2 AND IT3=BT3. | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
KBM3-1 | A Base tumour record with identical Reporting province/territory, Patient identification number and Tumour reference number already exists. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Formerly known as Correlation Edit No.32 – Part 1. |
KBM4
Purpose
This edit ensures that an add tumour record with CCR identification number matches a base patient record owned by the reporting province/territory.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T1 | 2 | Tumour reporting province/territory | TREPPROV |
T2 | 9 | Tumour patient identification number | TPIN |
T4 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
P1 | 2 | Patient reporting province/territory | PREPPROV |
P2 | 9 | Patient identification number | PPIN |
P3 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
Business rules
- There must be a Base patient record with the same Reporting province/territory, Patient identification number and CCR identification number.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
KBM4-1 | Input tumour record where IT5='1' AND IT4 IS NOT NULL that matches a Base patient record where IT1=BP1 AND IT2<>BP2 AND IT4=BP3. | Record rejected |
KBM4-2 | Input tumour record where IT5='1' AND IT4 IS NOT NULL that matches a Base patient record where IT1=BP1 AND IT2=BP2 AND IT4<>BP3. | Record rejected |
KBM4-3 | Input tumour record where IT5='1' AND IT4 IS NOT NULL that matches a Base patient record where IT1<>BP1 AND IT4=BP3. | Record rejected |
KBM4-4 | Input tumour record where IT5='1' AND IT4 IS NOT NULL that matches no Base patient record where (IT1=BP1 AND IT2=BP2) OR IT4=BP3. | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
KBM4-1 | Based on CCR identification number, Patient identification number is incorrect. | Core error |
KBM4-2 | Based on Reporting province/territory and Patient identification number, CCR identification number is incorrect. | Core error |
KBM4-3 | Based on CCR identification number, the Patient record belongs to another province/territory. | Core error |
KBM4-4 | Matching Base patient record not found. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Formerly known as Correlation Edit No.32 – Part 2 and Additional rules for updating the CCR #3. Business rules changed: This aggregated edit is now using the Base Patient records. |
KBM5
Purpose
This edit ensures that update or delete tumour record keys match a base tumour record.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T1 | 2 | Tumour reporting province/territory | TREPPROV |
T2 | 12 | Tumour patient identification number | TPIN |
T3 | 9 | Tumour reference number | TTRN |
T4 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
Business rules
- There must be a Base tumour record with identical Reporting province/territory, Patient identification number, Tumour reference number and CCR identification number.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
KBM5-1 | Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['2','3'] that matches a Base tumour record where IT1=BT1 AND IT2=BT2 AND IT3=BT3 AND IT4<>BT4. | Record rejected |
KBM5-2 | Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['2','3'] that matches a Base tumour record where IT1=BT1 AND IT2<>BT2 AND IT4=BT4. | Record rejected |
KBM5-3 | Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['2','3'] that matches no Base tumour record where IT1=BT1 AND IT2=BT2 AND IT3=BT3 but matches a Base tumour record where IT1=BT1 AND IT2=BT2 AND IT3<>BT3 AND IT4=BT4. | Record rejected |
KBM5-4 | Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['2','3'] that matches no Base tumour record where (IT1=BT1 AND IT2=BT2) OR (IT1=BT1 AND IT4=BT4). | Record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
KBM5-1 | Based on Reporting province/territory, Patient identification number and Tumour reference number, CCR identification number is incorrect. | Core error |
KBM5-2 | Based on CCR identification number and Reporting province/territory, Patient identification number is incorrect. | Core error |
KBM5-3 | Matching Base tumour record not found. Tumour reference number may be incorrect. | Core error |
KBM5-4 | Matching Base tumour record not found. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Formerly known as Correlation Edit No.33. |
3.6.3 Data item match edits
The purpose of the data item match edits is to enforce the business rules between data items (other than keys) found on different records.
The following table summarizes the purpose of each individual edit of this category.
Edit name | Purpose |
---|---|
DIM1 | Ensures that Date of diagnosis and Date of birth are coherent and within time frame. |
DIM2 | Ensures that Date of diagnosis and Date of death are coherent. |
DIM3 | Ensures that Method of diagnosis accurately reflects the relationship between Date of diagnosis and Date of death. |
DIM4 | Ensures that Method used to establish the date of diagnosis accurately reflects the relationship between Date of diagnosis and Date of death. |
DIM5 | Ensures that patient Sex and tumour Topography are coherent. |
DIM6 | Ensures that no "duplicate" tumour records are created for any given Patient record. |
Important notes:
Writing conventions throughout the following edit descriptions:
- Expression "base patient/tumour record" means a patient/tumour record already in the CCR.
- Expression "add/update/delete/input patient/tumour record" means a patient/tumour record within the data submission.
- Unless specified otherwise, field numbers prefixed with "I" are input fields and field numbers prefixed with "B" are Base fields.
Example: IT5 is the Tumour record type field on an input tumour record.
Example: IP1 is the Reporting province/territory field on an input patient record
These edits only consider input records that have neither core fatal errors nor core errors. (See section 3.1.7 Message types for information about different types of errors.) Since DIM edits find core errors, an input record that fails a given DIM edit will automatically be excluded from all subsequent DIM edits.
These edits must be performed in a specific order (see below).
When a data item match edit fails, the conflicting base record (patient or tumour, if any) is included in the detailed feedback report for easier error correction.
3.6.3.1 Special order of execution
Data item match edits must be performed horizontally. That is, all sub-edits with the same number must be processed together. Example: instead of processing all sub-edits from DIM1 before processing all sub-edits from DIM2 (vertically), all sub-edits DIMX-1 must be processed before processing sub-edits DIMX-2 (horizontally). Although the sub-edits within a horizontal group can be processed in any order, these groups of sub-edits must be processed in a very specific order.
Step 1: All sub-edits that consider only input records (Sub-edits number 1 and 4).
Step 2: All sub-edits that consider base patient records that are not updated by input patient records (Sub-edits number 2 and 5).
Step 3: All sub-edits that consider base tumour records that are not updated nor deleted by input tumour records must be processed (Sub-edit number 3 and 6).
The ordering is essential to guarantee the effectiveness of these edits since each step builds the necessary conditions for the next one. The following table summarizes the special order of execution.
Edit | DIM1 | DIM2 | DIM3 | DIM4 | DIM5 | DIM6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Sub-edit | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 |
Step 1 | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | ||||||||||||||||||||
Step 2 | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||
Step 3 | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x | x |
DIM1
Purpose
This edit ensures that date of diagnosis and date of birth are coherent and within time frame.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P1 | 2 | Patient reporting province/territory | PREPPROV |
P2 | 12 | Patient identification number | PPIN |
P3 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P11 | 8 | Date of birth | PDATBIR |
T1 | 2 | Tumour reporting province/territory | TREPPROV |
T2 | 12 | Patient identification number | TPIN |
T3 | 9 | Tumour reference number | TTRN |
T4 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12 | 8 | Date of diagnosis | TDATDIAG |
Business rules
- Year of Date of diagnosis and year of the Date of birth must not be more than 117 yearsapart.
Important notes:
- These sub-edits must be processed in a specific order. See Section - 3.6.3.1 Special order of execution for more details.
- Partially known dates must be compared using the highest common level of precision.
Example: If Date1 = YYYYMMDD and Date2 = YYYYMM99 then dates must be compared using the year and month only. Thus, for the purpose of the following sub-edits, '20031002' and '20031099' are equal.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
DIM1-1 | Core error-free56 Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['1','2'] that matches a Core error-free Input patient record where IP4 IN ['1','2'] AND IP1=IT1 AND IP2=IT2 AND IP11<>'99999999' AND IT12<IP11 (see note above). | Tumour record rejected |
DIM1-2 | Core error-free Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['1','2'] AND IT4 IS NOT NULL that matches no Core error-free Input patient record where IP4='2' AND IP3=IT4 but matches a Base patient record where BP3=IT4 AND BP11<>'99999999' AND IT12<BP11 (see note above). | Tumour record rejected |
DIM1-3 | Core error-free Input patient record where IP4='2' that matches a Base tumour record where IP3=BT4 AND IP11<>'99999999' AND BT12<IP11 (see note above) that matches no Core error-free Input Tumour record where IT5 IN ['2','3'] AND IT1=BT1 AND IT2=BT2 AND IT3=BT3. | Patient record rejected |
DIM1-4 | Core error-free Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['1','2'] that matches a Core error-free Input patient record where IP4 IN ['1','2'] AND IP1=IT1 AND IP2=IT2 AND IP11<>'99999999' AND IT12.YEAR>(IP11.YEAR+117). | Tumour record rejected |
DIM1-5 | Core error-free Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['1','2'] AND IT4 IS NOT NULL that matches no Core error-free Input patient record where IP4='2' AND IP3=IT4 but matches a Base Patient record where BP3=IT4 AND BP11<>'99999999' AND IT12.YEAR>(BP11.YEAR+117). | Tumour record rejected |
DIM1-6 | Core error-free Input patient record where IP4='2' that matches a Base tumour record where IP3=BT4 AND IP11<>'99999999' AND BT12.YEAR>(IP11.YEAR+117) that matches no Core error-free Input Tumour record where IT5 IN ['2','3'] AND IT1=BT1 AND IT2=BT2 AND IT3=BT3. | Patient record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
DIM1-1 | Date of diagnosis is before Date of birth on matching Input patient record. | Core error |
DIM1-2 | Date of diagnosis is before Date of birth on matching Base patient record. | Core error |
DIM1-3 | Date of birth is after Date of diagnosis on matching Base tumour record. | Core error |
DIM1-4 | Date of diagnosis is more than 117 years after Date of birth on matching Input patient record. | Core error |
DIM1-5 | Date of diagnosis is more than 117 years after Date of birth on matching Base patient record. | Core error |
DIM1-6 | Date of birth is more than 117 years before Date of diagnosis on matching Base tumour record. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Formerly known as Correlation Edit No.28. |
DIM2
Purpose
This edit ensures that date of diagnosis and date of death are coherent.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P1 | 2 | Patient reporting province/territory | PREPPROV |
P2 | 12 | Patient identification number | PPIN |
P3 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P14 | 8 | Date of death | PDATDEA |
T1 | 2 | Tumour reporting province/territory | TREPPROV |
T2 | 12 | Patient identification number | TPIN |
T3 | 9 | Tumour reference number | TTRN |
T4 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T12 | 8 | Date of diagnosis | TDATDIAG |
Business rules
Important notes:
- These sub-edits must be processed in a specific order. See Section 3.6.3.1 Special order of execution for more details.
- Partially known dates must be compared using the highest common level of precision.
Example: If Date1 = YYYYMMDD and Date2 = YYYYMM99 then dates must be compared using the year and month only. Thus, for the purpose of the following sub-edits, '20031002' and '20031099' are equal.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
DIM2-1 | Core error-free56 Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['1','2'] that matches a Core error-free Input patient record where IP4 IN ['1','2'] AND IP1=IT1 AND IP2=IT2 AND IP14 NOT IN ['99999999','00000000'] AND IP14<IT12 (see note above). | Tumour record rejected |
DIM2-2 | Core error-free Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['1','2'] AND IT4 IS NOT NULL that matches no Core error-free Input patient record where IP4='2' AND IP3=IT4 but matches a Base Patient record where BP3=IT4 AND BP14 NOT IN ['99999999','00000000'] AND BP14<IT12 (see note above). | Tumour record rejected |
DIM2-3 | Core error-free Input patient record where IP4='2' AND IP14 NOT IN ['99999999','00000000'] that matches a Base tumour record where IP3=BT4 AND BT12>IP14 (see note above) that matches no Core error-free Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['2','3'] AND IT1=BT1 AND IT2=BT2 AND IT3=BT3. | Patient record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
DIM2-1 | Date of diagnosis is after Date of death on matching Input patient record. | Core error |
DIM2-2 | Date of diagnosis is after Date of death on matching Base patient record. | Core error |
DIM2-3 | Date of death is before Date of diagnosis on matching Base tumour record. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Formerly known as Correlation Edit No.29. |
DIM3
Purpose
This edit ensures that the method of diagnosis accurately reflects the relationship between the date of diagnosis and the date of death.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P1 | 2 | Patient reporting province/territory | PREPPROV |
P2 | 12 | Patient identification number | PPIN |
P3 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P14 | 8 | Date of death | PDATDEA |
T1 | 2 | Tumour reporting province/territory | TREPPROV |
T2 | 12 | Tumour patient identification number | TPIN |
T3 | 9 | Tumour reference number | TTRN |
T4 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T11 | 1 | Method of diagnosis | TMETDIAG |
T12 | 8 | Date of diagnosis | TDATDIAG |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
Business rules
- Method of diagnosis cannot be 'Death certificate only (DCO)' or 'Autopsy' when the Date of death indicates that the 'Patient is not known to have died'.
- Method of diagnosis can be anything when Date of death is unknown or equal to Date of diagnosis.
- Method of diagnosis cannot be 'Death certificate only (DCO)' when Date of diagnosis is before Date of death.57
Important notes:
- These sub-edits must be processed in a specific order. See Section 3.6.3.1 Special order of execution for more details.
- Partially known dates must be compared using the highest common level of precision.
Example: If Date1 = YYYYMMDD and Date2 = YYYYMM99 then dates must be compared using the year and month only. Thus, for the purpose of the following sub-edits, '20031002' and '20031099' are equal.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
DIM3-1 | Core error-free56 Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['1','2'] AND IT11 IN ['2','6'] AND IT12.YEAR>=1992 AND IT12.YEAR<=2003 that matches a Core error-free Input patient record where IP4 IN ['1','2'] AND IP1=IT1 AND IP2=IT2 AND IP14='00000000' | Tumour record rejected |
DIM3-2 | Core error-free Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['1','2'] AND IT4 IS NOT NULL AND IT11 IN ['2','6'] AND IT12.YEAR>=1992 AND IT12.YEAR<=2003 that matches no Core error-free Input patient record where IP4='2' AND IP3=IT4 but matches a Base patient record where BP3=IT4 AND BP14='00000000' | Tumour record rejected |
DIM3-3 | Core error-free Input patient record where IP4='2' AND IP14='00000000' that matches a Base tumour record where IP3=BT4 AND BT11 IN ['2','6'] AND BT12.YEAR>=1992 AND BT12.YEAR<=2003 that matches no Core error-free Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['2','3'] AND IT1=BT1 AND IT2=BT2 AND IT3=BT3. | Patient record rejected |
DIM3-4 | Core error-free Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['1','2'] AND IT11='6' AND IT12.YEAR>=1992 AND IT12.YEAR<=2003 that matches a Core error-free Input patient record where IP4 IN ['1','2'] AND IP1=IT1 AND IP2=IT2 AND IP14 NOT IN ['00000000', '99999999'] AND IP14>IT12 (see note above). | Tumour record rejected |
DIM3-5 | Core error-free Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['1','2'] AND IT4 IS NOT NULL AND IT11='6' AND IT12.YEAR>=1992 AND IT12.YEAR<=2003 that matches no Core error-free Input patient record where IP4='2' AND IP3=IT4 but matches a Base patient record where BP3=IT4 AND BP14 NOT IN ['00000000', '99999999'] AND BP14>IT12 (see note above). | Tumour record rejected |
DIM3-6 | Core error-free Input patient record where IP4='2' AND IP14 NOT IN ['00000000', '99999999'] that matches a Base tumour record where IP3=BT4 AND BT11='6' AND BT12.YEAR>=1992 AND BT12.YEAR<=2003 AND BT12<IP14 (see note above) that matches no Core error-free Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['2','3'] AND IT1=BT1 AND IT2=BT2 AND IT3=BT3. | Patient record Rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
DIM3-1 | Method of diagnosis cannot be 'Death certificate only (DCO)' or 'Autopsy' when the Date of death indicates that the 'Patient is not known to have died' on matching Input patient record. | Core error |
DIM3-2 | Method of diagnosis cannot be 'Death certificate only (DCO)' or 'Autopsy' when the Date of death indicates that the 'Patient is not known to have died' on matching Base patient record. | Core error |
DIM3-3 | Date of death cannot indicate that patient is alive when Method of diagnosis is 'Death certificate only (DCO)' or 'Autopsy' on a matching Base tumour record. | Core error |
DIM3-4 | Method of Diagnosis cannot be 'Death certificate only (DCO)' when Date of diagnosis is before Date of death on matching Input patient record. | Core error |
DIM3-5 | Method of diagnosis cannot be 'Death certificate only (DCO)' when the Date of diagnosis is before Date of death on matching Base patient record. | Core error |
DIM3-6 | Date of death cannot be after Date of diagnosis on a matching Base tumour record where Method of diagnosis is 'Death certificate only (DCO)'. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Formerly known as Correlation Edit No.30 – Part 1. |
DIM4
Purpose
This edit ensures that the method used to establish the date of diagnosis accurately reflects the relationship between date of diagnosis and date of death.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P1 | 2 | Patient reporting province/territory | PREPPROV |
P2 | 12 | Patient identification number | PPIN |
P3 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P14 | 8 | Date of death | PDATDEA |
T1 | 2 | Tumour reporting province/territory | TREPPROV |
T2 | 12 | Tumour patient identification number | TPIN |
T3 | 9 | Tumour reference number | TTRN |
T4 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T11 | 1 | Method of diagnosis | TMETDIAG |
T12 | 8 | Date of diagnosis | TDATDIAG |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of T12 (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T24 | 1 | Method used to establish the date of diagnosis | TMETHUSED |
Business rules
- Method used to establish the date of diagnosis cannot be ‘Autopsy only' or ‘Death certificate only (DCO)' when Date of death indicates that the 'Patient is not known to have died' or when Date of diagnosis is before Date of death.
- Method used to establish the date of diagnosis can be anything when Date of death is unknown or equal to Date of diagnosis.
Important notes:
- These sub-edits must be processed in a specific order. See Section 3.6.3.1 Special order of execution for more details.
- Partially known dates must be compared using the highest common level of precision.
Example: If Date1 = YYYYMMDD and Date2 = YYYYMM99 then dates must be compared using the year and month only. Thus, for the purpose of the following sub-edits, '20031002' and '20031099' are equal.
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
DIM4-1 | Core error-free56 Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['1','2'] AND IT12.YEAR>=2004 AND IT24 IN ['3','8'] that matches a Core error-free Input patient record where IP4 IN ['1','2'] AND IP1=IT1 AND IP2=IT2 AND IP14='00000000' | Tumour record rejected |
DIM4-2 | Core error-free Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['1','2'] AND IT4 IS NOT NULL AND IT12.YEAR>=2004 AND IT24 IN ['3','8'] that matches no Core error-free Input patient record where IP4='2' AND IP3=IT4 but matches a Base patient record where BP3=IT4 AND BP14='00000000'. | Tumour record rejected |
DIM4-3 | Core error-free Input patient record where IP4='2' AND IP14='00000000' that matches a Base tumour record where IP3=BT4 AND BT12.YEAR>=2004 AND BT24 IN ['3','8'] that matches no Core error-free Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['2','3'] AND IT1=BT1 AND IT2=BT2 AND IT3=BT3. | Patient record rejected |
DIM4-4 | Core error-free Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['1','2'] AND IT12.YEAR>=2004 AND IT24 IN ['3','8'] that matches a Core error-free Input patient record where IP4 IN ['1','2'] AND IP1=IT1 AND IP2=IT2 AND IP14 NOT IN ['00000000', '99999999'] AND IP14>IT12 (see note above). | Tumour record rejected |
DIM4-5 | Core error-free Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['1','2'] AND IT4 IS NOT NULL AND IT12.YEAR>=2004 AND IT24 IN ['3','8'] that matches no Core error-free Input patient record where IP4='2' AND IP3=IT4 but matches a Base patient record where BP3=IT4 AND BP14 NOT IN ['00000000', '99999999'] AND BP14>IT12 (see note above). | Tumour record rejected |
DIM4-6 | Core error-free Input patient record where IP4='2' AND IP14 NOT IN ['00000000', '99999999'] that matches a Base tumour record where IP3=BT4 AND BT12.YEAR>=2004 AND BT12<IP14 (see note above) AND BT24 IN ['3','8'] that matches no Core error-free Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['2','3'] AND IT1=BT1 AND IT2=BT2 AND IT3=BT3. | Patient record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
DIM4-1 | Method used to establish the date of diagnosis cannot be 'Autopsy Only' or 'Death certificate only (DCO)' when Date of death indicates that the 'Patient is not known to have died' on matching Input Patient record. | Core error |
DIM4-2 | Method used to establish the date of diagnosis cannot be 'Autopsy Only' or 'Death certificate only (DCO)' when Date of death indicates that the 'Patient is not known to have died' on matching Base patient record. | Core error |
DIM4-3 | Date of death cannot indicate that 'Patient is not known to have died' when Method used to establish the date of diagnosis is 'Autopsy Only' or 'Death certificate only (DCO)' on a matching Base tumour record. | Core error |
DIM4-4 | Method used to establish the date of diagnosis cannot be 'Autopsy Only' or 'Death certificate only (DCO)' when Date of diagnosis is before Date of death on matching Input Patient record. | Core error |
DIM4-5 | Method used to establish the date of diagnosis cannot be 'Autopsy Only' or 'Death certificate only (DCO)' when Date of diagnosis is before Date of death on matching Base patient record. | Core error |
DIM4-6 | Date of death cannot be after Date of Diagnosis on matching Base tumour record where Method used to establish the date of diagnosis is 'Autopsy Only' or 'Death certificate only (DCO)' | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Formerly known as Correlation Edit No.30 – Part 2. |
DIM5
Purpose
This edit ensures that patient sex and tumour topography are coherent.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
P1 | 2 | Patient reporting province/territory | PREPPROV |
P2 | 12 | Patient identification number | PPIN |
P3 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
P10 | 1 | Sex | PSEX |
T1 | 2 | Tumour reporting province/territory | TREPPROV |
T2 | 12 | Tumour patient identification number | TPIN |
T3 | 9 | Tumour reference number | TTRN |
T4 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
Business rules
- Tumours diagnosed in female organ must be associated with female patient. Female organs are: ICD-O-2/3 Topography: C510-C589.
- Tumours diagnosed in male organ must be associated with male patient. Male organs are: ICD-O-2/3 Topography: C600-C639.
Important notes
These sub-edits must be processed in a specific order. See Section – 3.6.3.1 Special order of execution.
DIM5
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
DIM5-1 | (Core error-free56 Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['1','2'] AND IT15 IN [ICD-O-2/3 Topography codes associated to female organ] that matches a Core error-free Input patient record where IP4 IN ['1','2'] AND IP1=IT1 AND IP2=IT2 AND IP10 IN ['1','9']) OR (Core error-free Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['1','2'] AND IT15 IN [ICD-O-2/3 Topography codes associated to male organ] that matches a Core error-free Input patient record where IP4 IN ['1','2'] AND IP1=IT1 AND IP2=IT2 AND IP10 IN ['2','9']) |
Tumour record rejected |
DIM5-2 | (Core error-free Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['1','2'] AND IT4 IS NOT NULL AND IT15 IN [ICD-O-2/3 Topography codes associated to female organ] that matches no Core error-free Input patient record where IP4='2' AND IP3=IT4 but matches a Base patient record where BP3=IT4 AND BP10 IN ['1','9']) OR (Core error-free Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['1','2'] AND IT4 IS NOT NULL AND IT15 IN [ICD-O-2/3 Topography codes associated to male organ] that matches no Core error-free Input patient record where IP4='2' AND IP3=IT4 but matches a Base patient record where BP3=IT4 AND BP10 IN ['2','9']) |
Tumour record rejected |
DIM5-3 | (Core error-free Input patient record where IP4='2' AND IP10 IN ['1','9'] that matches a Base tumour record where IP3=BT4 AND BT15 IN [ICD-O-2/3 Topography codes associated to female organ] that matches no Core error-free Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['2','3'] AND IT1=BT1 AND IT2=BT2 AND IT3=BT3) OR (Core error-free Input patient record where IP4='2' AND IP10 IN ['2','9'] that matches a Base tumour record where IP3=BT4 AND BT15 IN [ICD-O-2/3 Topography codes associated to male organ] that matches no Core error-free Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['2','3'] AND IT1=BT1 AND IT2=BT2 AND IT3=BT3) |
Patient record Rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
DIM5-1 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography does not agree with Sex code on matching Input patient record. | Core error |
DIM5-2 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography does not agree with Sex code on matching Base patient record. | Core error |
DIM5-3 | Sex code does not agree with ICD-O-2/3 Topography on a matching Base tumour record. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Formerly known as COR31. Business rules changed: Verification is now performed on ICD-O-3 values only. |
DIM6
Purpose
This edit ensures that no "duplicate" tumour records are created for any given patient record (1992-2006 data years only). As of 2007 the CCR has adopted SEER rules. New edits will be implemented to adhere to these new rules.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T1 | 2 | Tumour reporting province/territory | TREPPROV |
T12.YEAR | 4 | First 4 digits of Date of diagnosis (year of date of diagnosis) | Not applicable |
T2 | 12 | Tumour patient identification number | TPIN |
T3 | 9 | Tumour reference number | TTRN |
T4 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
T15 | 4 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T15.SITE | 3 | First 3 digits of T15 (ICD-O-2/3 Topography site) | Not applicable |
T15.SUBSITE | 1 | Last digit of T15 (ICD-O-2/3 Topography sub-site) | Not applicable |
T19 | 1 | Laterality | TLATERAL |
T21 | 4 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
Business rules
- Tumours with "equivalent topographies" are tumours that have:
- The same ICD-O-3 sites56 and sub-sites59or
- The same ICD-O-3 sites but at least one sub-site is 'Overlapping' (8) or 'NOS' (9) or
- Overlapping topographies based on Equivalent Topographies for Overlapping and Unspecified Sites63 concordance table.
- Tumours with "equivalent histologies" are tumours that have:
- The same ICD-O-3 Histology code or
- The same histological group based on Equivalent Histologies56 concordance table.
- A Patient may have multiple Hematopoietic tumours (tumours with ICD-O-3 Histology codes in range 9590-9989) only if they have non-equivalent histologies. (Thus, a patient may not have more than one Hematopoietic tumour in each equivalent histology group, regardless of their respective topography and laterality.)
- A Patient may have multiple non-Hematopoietic tumours with equivalent topographies and equivalent histologies only if they are found on paired organs with specific (right, left one side involved, origin not specified and bilateral) and different laterality.
Important notes
These sub-edits must be processed in a specific order. See Section - 3.6.3.1 Special order of execution
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
DIM6–1 | Core error-free56 Input tumour record (say A) where A.T5 IN ['1','2'] AND A.T21 IN ['9590'-'9989'] that matches a Core error-free Input tumour record (say B) where B.T5 IN ['1','2'] AND A.T1=B.T1 AND A.T2=B.T2 AND A.T3<>B.T3 AND B.T21 IN ['9590'-'9989'] AND (A.T21=B.T21 OR (A.T21 and B.T21 are equivalent based on reference table Equivalent Histologies)). | Tumour records A and B rejected |
DIM6-2 | Not applicable61 | Not applicable |
DIM6-3 | Core error-free Input tumour record (say A) where A.T5 IN ['1','2'] AND A.T4 IS NOT NULL AND A.T21 IN ['9590'-'9989'] that matches a Base Tumour record (say B) where A.T4=B.T4 AND (A.T1<>B.T1 OR A.T3<>B.T3) AND B.T21 IN ['9590'-'9989'] AND (A.T21=B.T21 OR (A.T21 and B.T21 are equivalent based on reference table Equivalent Histologies)) that matches no Core error-free Input tumour record (say C) where C.T5 IN ['2','3'] AND C.T1=B.T1 AND C.T2=B.T2 AND C.T3=B.T3. | Tumour record A rejected |
DIM6-4 | Core error-free Input tumour record (say A) where A.T5 IN ['1','2'] that matches a Core error-free Input tumour record (say B) where B.T5 IN ['1','2'] AND A.T1=B.T1 AND A.T2=B.T2 AND A.T3<>B.T3 AND NOT (A.T21 IN ['9590'-'9989'] AND B.T21 IN ['9590'-'9989']) AND (A.T15=B.T15 OR (A.T15.SITE=B.T15.SITE AND (A.T15.SUBSITE IN ['8','9'] OR B.T15.SUBSITE IN ['8','9'])) OR (A.T15 and B.T15 are equivalent based on Equivalent Topographies for Overlapping and Unspecified Sites)) AND (A.T21=B.T21 OR (A.T21 and B.T21 are equivalent based on Equivalent Histologies)) AND (A.T19 IN ['9','0'] OR B.T19 IN ['9','0'] OR A.T19=B.T19) | Tumour records A and B rejected |
DIM6-5 | Not applicable59 | Not applicable |
DIM6-6 | Core error-free Input tumour record (say A) where A.T5 IN ['1','2'] AND A.T4 IS NOT NULL that matches a Base tumour record (say B) where A.T4=B.T4 AND (A.T1<>B.T1 OR A.T3<>B.T3) AND NOT (A.T21 IN ['9590'-'9989'] AND NOT B.T21 IN ['9590'-'9989']) AND (A.T15=B.T15 OR (A.T15.SITE=B.T15.SITE AND (A.T15.SUBSITE IN ['8','9'] OR B.T15.SUBSITE IN ['8','9'])) OR (A.T15 and B.T15 are equivalent based on Equivalent Topographies for Overlapping and Unspecified Sites)) AND (A.T21=B.T21 OR (A.T21 and B.T21 are equivalent based on Equivalent Histologies)) AND (A.T19 IN ['9','0'] OR B.T19 IN ['9','0'] OR A.T19=B.T19) that matches no Core error-free Input Tumour record (say C) where C.T5 IN ['2','3'] AND C.T1=B.T1 AND C.T2=B.T2 AND C.T3=B.T3. | Tumour record A rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
DIM6-1 | Duplicate Input tumour records of the Hematopoietic system based on ICD-O-3 Histology. | Core error |
DIM6-2 | Not applicable61 | Not applicable |
DIM6-3 | Duplicates an existing Base tumour record of the Hematopoietic system based on ICD-O-3 Histology. | Core error |
DIM6-4 | Duplicate Input tumour records based on ICD-O-3 Topography, ICD-O-3 Histology and Laterality. | Core error |
DIM6-5 | Not applicable59 | Not applicable |
DIM6-6 | Duplicates an existing Base tumour record based on ICD-O-3 Topography, ICD-O-3 Histology and Laterality. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2006 | Edit no longer used (only applied for data years 1992-2006). New multiple primary/histology rules adopted. |
2004 | Edit renamed: Formerly known as Correlation Edit No.34A-F. Business rule changed: Potential duplicate tumours with unknown laterality are now rejected. Edit logic changed to allow the addition of a Tumour record that duplicates a Base tumour record that is about to be updated or deleted. |
3.6.4 Pre-posting match edits
The purpose of the pre-posting match edits is to identify core error-free4 input records that cannot be posted to the CCR because some other related input records are either missing or have core errors.
The following table summarizes the purpose of each individual edit of this category.
Edit name | Purpose |
---|---|
PPM1 | Ensures that no orphan Patient record is created in the CCR. |
PPM2 | Ensures that no orphan Tumour record is created in the CCR. |
PPM1
Purpose
This edit ensures that no orphan patient record is created in the CCR.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T1 | 2 | Tumour reporting province/territory | TREPPROV |
T2 | 9 | Tumour patient identification number | TPIN |
T4 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
P1 | 2 | Patient reporting province/territory | PREPPROV |
P2 | 9 | Patient identification number | PPIN |
P3 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
Business rules
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PPM1-1 | Core error-free56 Input patient record where P4='1' that matches no Core error-free Input tumour record where T5='1' AND P1=T1 AND P2=T2. | Patient record rejected |
PPM1-2 | One or more Core error-free Input tumour records with the same IT4 where IT5='3' that match no Core error-free Input patient record where IP4='3' AND IP3=IT4 and match no Core error-free Input tumour record where IT5 IN ['1','2'] AND IT4=IT4 but match a Base Patient record where IT1=BP1 AND IT4=BP3 and match as many Base tumour records where BT1=IT1 AND BT4=IT4. | Tumour records rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PPM1-1 | Patient record cannot be added because all associated Add Tumour records have been rejected. | Core error |
PPM1-2 | Tumour records cannot be deleted because it would create an orphan Patient record. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Renamed: Formerly known as Additional rules for updating the CCR #2. Business rules added: Prevent the addition of a new Patient record without Tumour record. |
PPM2
Purpose
This edit ensures that no orphan tumour record is created in the CCR.
Field | Length | Description | Acronym |
---|---|---|---|
T1 | 2 | Tumour reporting province/territory | TREPPROV |
T2 | 9 | Tumour patient identification number | TPIN |
T4 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
T5 | 1 | Tumour record type | TRECTYPE |
P1 | 2 | Patient reporting province/territory | PREPPROV |
P2 | 9 | Patient identification number | PPIN |
P3 | 9 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
P4 | 1 | Patient record type | PRECTYPE |
Business rules
Sub–edit | Conditions | Outcome |
---|---|---|
PPM2-1 | Core error-free56 Input tumour record where T5='1' AND T4 IS NULL that matches no Core error-free Input patient record where P4='1' AND P1=T1 AND P2=T2. | Tumour record rejected |
PPM2-2 | Core error-free Input patient record where IP4='3' that matches less Core error-free Input tumour records where IT5='3' AND IT4=IP3 than Base tumour Record where BT1=IP1 AND BT4=IP3 | Patient record rejected |
Sub–edit | Text | Type |
---|---|---|
PPM2-1 | Tumour record cannot be added because associated Add Patient record has been rejected. | Core error |
PPM2-2 | Patient record cannot be deleted because not all related Base tumour records with the same Reporting province/territory have been deleted. | Core error |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Edit renamed: Formerly known as Additional rules for updating the CCR #1. Business rules added: Prevent the addition of a new Tumour record without a Patient record. |
3.7 Data posting
Description
The data posting phase is the actual registration of validated data on the CCR database. During this phase, successfully validated input records are added, updated or deleted from the CCR database in accordance with the operation specified by the PTCR on each record. Depending on the operation, a CCR identification number is generated and some derived variables are computed.
In addition to the data registration, the data posting phase also updates auxiliary tables used by other processes such as internal record linkage and death clearance. These tables are:
- Deleted CCR ID,
- Alternate surnames,
- Internal Record Linkage – Don't Link Cross Reference table,
- Death Clearance – Don't Link Cross Reference.
The content and purpose of the above tables are described in Appendix F – Auxiliary tables
Organization
This section is organized as follow:
Sub–section | Description |
---|---|
3.7.1 Add Patient record processing | How Input records are processed based on the operation and the record type. |
3.7.2 Add Tumour record processing | |
3.7.3 Update Patient record processing | |
3.7.4 Update Tumour record processing | |
3.7.5 Delete Patient record processing | |
3.7.6 Delete Tumour record processing | |
3.7.7 Patient Derived variable calculations | How patient and tumour derived variables are computed. |
3.7.8 Tumour Derived variable calculations |
Writing Conventions
Throughout the following pages, the prefixes "I" and "B" preceding field numbers indicate input or base fields respectively. These prefixes are used to indicate the origin of the corresponding variable in expressions.
Example: IP6 stands for P6 variable on an input record.
Example: BTD2 stands for TD2 variable on a base record
3.7.1 Add patient record processing
For each successfully validated add patient record, the following actions are conducted:
A new base patient record is created using:
- CCR identification number (P3): A new CCR identification number (see below);
- Core data items (P1 to -P19 except P4 – input record type): corresponding input record variables values;
- Derived variables (PD1 to PD8): applicable patient derived variables values (see 3.7.7 patient derived variable calculations).
3.7.1.1 CCR identification number creation
The logic to create a new CCR identification number is the following:
- Today _Year4 be the year of today's date (4 digits).
- Today_Year2 be the last two digits of the year of today's date (2 digits).
- Last_CCRID_Year4 be the year the last CCR identification number was created (4 digits).
- CCR_sequence_number be the numeric sequence used to create the CCR identification number (6 digits).
- Check_Digit be a placeholder for the new CCR ID check digit (1 digit)
- New_CCR_ID be a placeholder for the new CCR identification number (9 digits).
- Check_Digit() be a function that returns a check digit based on the logic described in Appendix X – CCR_ID Check Digit Routine.
- || be a string operator that concatenates two text strings together.
- IF Last_CCRID_Year4 < Today_Year4THEN
- CCR_Sequence_Number = '000000';
- Last_CCRID_Year4 =Today _Year4;
- End IF;
- Check_Digit = Check_Digit (Today _Year2 || CCR_Sequence_Number)
- New_CCR_ID = Today _Year2 || CCR_Sequence_Number ||Check_Digit
- CCR_Sequence_Number =CCR_Sequence_Number + 1;/
- RETURN New_CCR_ID;
3.7.2 Add tumour record processing
For each add tumour record where the core data items (T1 to T26) are valid, the following actions are conducted:
A new base tumour record is created using:
- Core data items (T1 to T26 except T5 – Input record type): corresponding input core data items;
- CCR identification number (T4): reported CCR identification number or, if missing, the CCR identification number assigned to the corresponding new patient record (Patient record with the same reporting province/territory and patient identification number);
- CS data items (T27 to T41 and T52):
- If the tumour is within the CCR collaborative staging scope and the input CS data items are valid then the input CS data items are used.
- If the tumour is within the CCR collaborative staging scope but the input CS data items are invalid then the corresponding base data items are "R" filled.
- If the tumour is outside the CCR collaborative staging scope then NULL values are used.
- AJCC TNM data items (T42 to T51):
- If the tumour is within the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope and the input AJCC TNM data items are valid then the input AJCC TNM data items are used.
- If the tumour is within the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope but input AJCC TNM data items are invalid then the corresponding base data items are "R" filled.
- If the tumour is outside the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope then NULL values are used.
- Derived data items (TD1 to TD20): applicable tumour derived variables values (see 3.7.8 Tumour derived variable calculations).
3.7.3 Update patient record processing
For each successfully validated Update patient record, the following actions are conducted:
- Alternate surname table is updated (see below);
- Death Clearance – Don't Link Cross Reference table is updated (see below);
- Corresponding base patient record is updated using:
- Core data items (P1 to P19 except P4 – Input record type): all input record variable values,
- Derived variables (PD1-PD8): applicable patient derived variables values (see 3.7.7 Patient derived variable calculations).
3.7.3.1 Alternate surname table update
Alternate surname table is updated as following:
Let P3 be the CCR identification number
Let P6 be the patient Current Surname
IF BP6 IS NOT NULL AND (IP6 IS NULL OR IP6 <> BP6) AND (BP3, BP6 combination NOT IN [Alternate Surname table]) THEN
BP3, BP6 combination is added to Alternate Surname table.
END IF
See Appendix F – Auxiliary Tables – Alternate surname for more details.
3.7.3.2 Death Clearance – Don't Link Cross Reference Table Update
If a base Patient is Death-Cleared and the corresponding Input transaction resets all Death Information, the Death Confirmation is said to be Refused and the Death Clearance – Don't Link Cross Reference Table is updated as follows;
Let P14 be the patient Date of Death
Let P15 be the patient Province/Territory or Country of Death
Let P16 be the patient Death Registration Number
Let P17 be the patient Underlying Cause of Death
Let P18 be the patient Autopsy Confirming Cause of Death
Let PD5 be the Death Clearance Status
IF (BPD5='2' AND IP14='00000000' AND IP15='000' AND IP16='000000' AND IP17='0000' AND IP18='0') THEN
BP3, BP14, BP15, BP16 combination is added to Death Clearance – Don't Link Cross Reference table.
END IF
See Appendix F – Auxiliary Tables – Death Clearance – Don't Link Cross Reference Table for more details.
3.7.4 Update tumour record processing
For each update tumour record where the core data items (T1 to T26) are valid, the following actions are conducted:
- Corresponding base tumour record is updated using:
Core data items (T1 to T26 except T5 – Input record type): Corresponding input core data items;
CS data items (T27 to T41, and T52):
- If the tumour is within the CCR collaborative staging scope and the input CS data items are valid then the input CS data items are used.
- If the tumour is within the CCR collaborative staging scope but the input CS data items are invalid then the corresponding base data items are "R" filled.
- If the tumour is outside the CCR collaborative staging scope then NULL values are used.
AJCC TNM data items (T42 to T51):
- If the tumour is within the CCR AJCC TNM stagingscope and the input AJCC TNM data items are valid then the input AJCC TNM data items are used.
- If the tumour is within the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope but input AJCC TNM data items are invalid then the corresponding base data items are "R" filled.
- If the tumour is outside the CCR AJCC TNM staging scope then NULL values are used.
Derived data items (TD1 to TD20): applicable tumour derived variables values (see 3.7.8 Tumour derived variable calculations)
3.7.5 Delete patient record processing
For each successfully validated delete patient record, the following actions are conducted:
- Deletion or reversal of ownership of the corresponding base patient record (see below);
- If reversal of ownership takes place, corresponding patient derived variables are updated (See3.7.7 Patient derived variable calculations).
If true patient record deletion takes place:
- Deleted CCR_ID table is updated (see below);
- Alternate surname table is updated (see below);
- Internal Record Linkage – Don't Link Cross Reference table is updated (see below);
- Death Clearance – Don't Link Cross Reference table is updated (see below).
3.7.5.1 Patient record deletion or reversal of ownership
A reversal of ownership is needed when a PTCR deletes a patient record but does not own all related tumours records (that is, at least one related tumour record is owned by another jurisdiction). In such case, the Patient record cannot be deleted from the database because it would otherwise create orphan tumour records. In lieu, the ownership (express by P1 – Patient Reporting Province/Territory and P2 – Patient Identification Number values) of the existing base patient record is changed to the jurisdiction that owns Patient's Last Diagnosed Tumour among remaining tumour records.
The Patient's Last Diagnosed Tumour is based on Date of Diagnosis (TDATDIAG) sorted in chronological order and the following additional rules:
The following box shows the conditions that need to be assessed and the action that must be performed when processing a delete patient record.
Let P1 be Patient reporting province/territory.
Let P2 be Patient Identification Number.
Let P3 be Patient CCR identification number.
Let T1 be Tumour reporting province/territory.
Let T2 be Tumour Patient Identification Number.
Let T4 be Tumour CCR identification number.
Let T12 be Tumour Date of diagnosis.
Let Patient Last Diagnosed Tumour () be a function that returns the latest diagnosed tumour based on the rules specified above.
IF [Base tumour records where BT4 = IP3 AND BT1 <> IP1] IS NOT NULL THEN
The corresponding Base record is deleted.
Since the corresponding base patient record is not really deleted from the CCR when a reversal of ownership occurs, the applicable patient derived variables must be updated.
3.7.5.2 Deleted CCR_ID Table update
When a true patient record deletion takes place (contrary to a reversal of ownership), a new entry in Deleted CCR_ID table must be created as following:
Deleted CCR_ID table variable | Values |
---|---|
CCR identification number | IP3 |
Reporting province/territory | IP1 |
Patient identification number | IP2 |
Date of Deletion | Today's date using YYYYMMDD format. |
New CCR_ID | [blank] |
Process | 1 |
See Appendix F – Auxiliary Tables – Deleted CCR_ID for more details.
3.7.5.3 Alternate surname table update
When a true patient record deletion takes place (contrary to a reversal of ownership), all corresponding entries in the alternate surname table (if any) must be deleted as well.
See Appendix F – Auxiliary tables – Alternate surname for more details.
3.7.5.4 Internal Record Linkage – Don't Link Cross Reference Table Update
When a true Patient record deletion takes place (contrary to a reversal of ownership), all corresponding entries in the Internal Record Linkage – Don't Link Cross Reference table (if any) must be deleted as well.
See Appendix F – Auxiliary tables – IRL DLCR for more details.
3.7.5.5 Death Clearance – Don't Link Cross Reference Table Update
When a true Patient record deletion takes place (contrary to a reversal of ownership), all corresponding entries in the Death Clearance - Don't Link Cross Reference table (if any) must be deleted as well.
See Appendix F – Auxiliary tables – DC DLCR for more details.
3.7.6 Delete tumour record processing
For each successfully validated delete tumour record, the following actions are conducted:
Deletion of the corresponding base Tumour record.
3.7.7 Patient derived variable calculations
The following table depicts how patient derived variables are calculated depending on the operation that takes place. See corresponding variable description pages in Chapter 2 for code meaning.
Operation variable | Add patient | Update patient | Reversal of ownership (Deletepatient) |
---|---|---|---|
PD1 - Processing date – Patient record | Each time a Patient record is written (created or updated), the date of the transaction is saved. PD1 = Today's date using YYYYMMDD format. |
||
PD2 - Vital status | Not applicable: These variables are only derived for Tabulation master files. See Chapter 4 Tabulation master files for more detail. |
||
PD3 – Number of tumours | |||
PD4 - Death clearance cut Off date | Patient never underwent Death clearance PD4 = '00000000' |
PD4 stays the same. | |
PD5 - Death clearance Status | Patient never underwent Death clearance PD5 = '0' |
If the Patient is Death-Cleared and Patient date of death and/or province/territory/country of death and/or Death registration number is changed, then the Patient record is no longer Death-Cleared (Death Clearance Reversal) Let P14 be the patient Date of death Let P15 be the patient province/territory or country of death Let P16 be the patient Death registration number Let PD5 be the Death Clearance Status Let PD6 be the Death Clearance Method Let PD7 be the Death clearance underlying cause of death Let PD8 be Date of death (Un) Confirmation IF BPD5 = '2' AND (IP14<>BP14 OR IP15<>BP15 OR IP16<>BP16) THEN PD5 = '3' PD6=‘0' PD7='0000' PD8=Today's date using YYYMMDD format ELSE PD5 stays the same. PD6 stays the same. PD7 stays the same. PD8 stays the same. END IF |
PD5 stays the same. |
3.7.8 Tumour derived variable calculations
The following table depicts how tumour derived variables are calculated depending on the operation that takes place. See corresponding variable description pages in Chapter 2 for code meaning.
Operation variable | Add tumour | Update tumour |
---|---|---|
TD1 – Processing date – Tumour record | Each time a Tumour record is written (created or updated), the date of the transaction is saved. TD1 = Today's date using YYYYMMDD format. |
|
TD2 – Sequence number | Not applicable: these variables are only derived for Tabulation master files. See Chapter 4 Tabulation master files for more detail. | |
TD3 – Age at diagnosis | ||
TD4 – Age group at diagnosis | ||
TD5 – Survival interval | ||
TD6 – Survival censor | ||
TD7 – Derived AJCC T | ||
TD8 – Derived AJCC N | ||
TD9 – Derived AJCC M | ||
TD10 – Derived AJCC T descriptor | ||
TD11 – Derived AJCC N descriptor | ||
TD12 – Derived AJCC M descriptor | ||
TD13 – Derived AJCC stage group | ||
TD14 – Derived AJCC flag | ||
TD15 – Derived SS1977 | ||
TD16 – Derived SS1977 flag | ||
TD17 – Derived SS2000 | ||
TD18 – Derived SS2000 flag | ||
TD19 – CS version latest |
Chapter 4 – Tabulation master files
- Description
- Scope
- Content and layout
- Derived variables calculations
- Confidentiality
4.1 Description
The Tabulation master file (TMF) produced from the Canadian Cancer Registry (CCR) serves as a snapshot of the entire CCR database. The resulting flat file merges the patient and tumour records from the CCR, using the unique patient record identifier (CCR identification number) to produce a composite record containing both patient and tumour information, with one record for each tumour.
The TMF is used by researchers, academics, regional health unit personnel, health policy/program planners and decision-makers, epidemiologists and public health professionals. It is provided to representatives from organizations such as Health Canada, the Public Health Agency of Canada, the Canadian Institute for Health Information, and other health-related non-government organizations in accordance with applicable legal agreements and Statistics Canada's guidelines pertaining to release of confidential information. It is created on a yearly basis or, in some instances, as warranted by operational requirements.
See http://www.statcan.ca/english/about/privact.htm section 4.5 Confidentiality
4.2 Scope
There are 2 versions of the tabulation master file, the Canadian Cancer Registry tabulation master file (CCRTMF) and the International Agency for Research on Cancer tabulation master file (IARCTMF). These two versions differ in scope as different rules for determining multiple primary neoplasms are applied.
In addition, each of the TMF can either be national (based on patients from all PTCRs) or provincial/territorial (based on patients from only one PTCR). Provincial/territorial TMFs are based on the ownership of Patient records, i.e. tumours are selected based on the reporting province or territory of its related patient record regardless of the province or territory that actually owns the tumour record itself.
4.2.1 CCRTMF – Canadian Cancer Registry tabulation master file.
Variations exist between provincial/territorial Cancer Registries in the coding practices for multiple primaries. Many registries adhere to CCR rules while others use IARC (Québec), IARC/Berg (Ontario) and SEER (Alberta from 1994) for recording tumours in their registries. Given that all cancer records submitted to the CCR are subjected to specific CCR rules for determining multiple primary tumours (see Appendix D – Multiple primary tumours rules for CCR for more details), the resulting CCRTMF consists of a mixture of IARC and CCR rules for determining multiple tumours. As of 2007 the CCR has adopted SEER rules.
4.2.2 IARCTMF – International agency for research on cancer (IARC) tabulation master file
Important note: IARCTMF implementation has changed in 2004. See Revision box at the end of this section for details.
Since not all registries follow the CCR standards, the annual release of cancer incidence and survival statistics are disseminated from STC using the IARC rules for determining multiple primary tumours for the purpose of comparability between registries over time.
All tumour records on IARCTMF have been selected from the CCR according to IARC coding rules for determining multiple primary tumours as specified by the IARC/IACR's Working Groups' Recommendations for coding Multiple Primaries. The International Classification of Diseases for Oncology – Third Edition outlines the rules as follows:
- Recognition of the existence of two or more primary cancers does not depend on time.
- A primary cancer is one that originates in a primary site or tissue and is neither an extension, nor a recurrence, nor a metastasis.
- Only one tumour shall be recognized as arising in an organ or pair of organs or tissue. For tumours where site is coded by the first edition of ICD-O (or by ICD-9), an organ or tissue is defined by the three-character category of the topography code.
ICD-1O and the Second and Third editions of ICD-O have a more detailed set of topography codes. The sites covered by some groups of codes are considered to be a single organ for the purposes of defining multiple tumours. These topography code groups are shown in Table 24*.
Multifocal tumours – that is, discrete masses apparently not in continuity with other primary cancers originating in the same primary site or tissue, for example bladder – are counted as a single cancer.
Skin cancer presents a special problem as the same individual may have many such neoplasms over a lifetime. The IARC/IACR rules imply that only the first tumour of a defined histological type, anywhere on the skin, is counted as an incident cancer unless, for example, one primary was a malignant melanoma and the other a basal cell carcinoma. - Rule 3 does not apply in two circumstances: 4.1. For systemic or multicentric cancers potentially involving many discrete organs, four histological groups – lymphomas, leukemias, Kaposi sarcoma, and mesothelioma (groups 7, 8, 9 and 10 in Table 25*) – are included. They are counted only once in any individual.
4.2. Other specific histologies – groups 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 11 in Table 25 – are considered to be different for the purpose of defining multiple tumours. Thus, a tumour in the same organ with a ‘different' histology is counted as a new tumour. Groups 5 and 12 include tumours that have not been satisfactorily typed histologically and cannot therefore be distinguished from the other groups.
"* "Table 24" and "Table 25" are reproduced on the following pages.
ICD–O–2/3 Topography codes | Description |
---|---|
C01 | Base of tongue |
C02 | Other and unspecified parts of tongue |
C05 | Palate |
C06 | Other and unspecified parts of mouth |
C07 | Parotid gland |
C08 | Other and unspecified major salivary glands |
C09 | Tonsil |
C10 | Oropharynx |
C12 | Pyriform sinus |
C13 | Hypopharynx |
C23 | Gallbladder |
C24 | Other and unspecified parts of biliary tract |
C30 | Nasal cavity and middle ear |
C31 | Accessory sinus |
C33 | Trachea |
C34 | Bronchus and lung |
C37 | Thymus |
C38.0 | Heart |
C38.1-.3 | Mediastinum |
C38.8 | Overlapping lesion of heart, mediastinum and pleura |
C38.4 | Pleura (visceral, parietal, NOS) |
C51 | Vulva |
C52 | Vagina |
C57.7 | Other specified female genital organs |
C57.8-.9 | Unspecified female genital organs |
C56 | Ovary |
C57.0 | Fallopian tube |
C57.1 | Broad ligaments |
C57.2 | Round ligament |
C57.3 | Parametrium |
C57.4 | Uterine adnexa |
C60 | Penis |
C63 | Other and unspecified male genital organs |
C64 | Kidney |
C65 | Renal pelvis |
C66 | Ureter |
C68 | Other and unspecified urinary organs |
C74 | Adrenal gland |
C75 | Other endocrine glands and related structures |
Source: THE SEER PROGRAM CODING AND STAGING MANUAL 2004, Fourth Edition, January 2004, page 9, Surveillance Research Program Division Of Cancer Control And Population Sciences, National Cancer Institute, U.S. Department Of Health And Human Services. |
Group | Description | ICD-O-3 Histology codes |
---|---|---|
1 | Squamous carcinomas | 805 to 808, 812, 813 |
2 | Basal cell carcinomas | 809 to 811 |
3 | Adenocarcinomas | 814, 816, 819 to 822, 826to 833, 835 to 855, 857, 894 |
4 | Other specific carcinomas | 803, 804, 815, 817 to 818, 823 to 825, 834, 856, 858 to 867 |
(5) | Unspecified carcinomas (NOS) | 801, 802 |
6 | Sarcomas and soft tissue tumours | 868 to 871, 880 to 892, 899, 904, 912 to 913, 915 to 925, 937, 954 to 958 |
7 | Lymphomas | 959 to 972 |
8 | Leukemia | 980 to 994, 995, 996, 998 |
9 | Kaposi sarcoma | 914 |
10 | Mesothelioma | 905 |
11 | Other specified types ofcancer | 872 to 879, 893, 895 to 898, 900 to 903, 906 to 911, 926 to 936, 938 to 953, 973 to 975, 976 |
(12) | Unspecified types of cancer | 800, 997 |
Source: INTERNATIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF DISEASES FOR ONCOLOGY, Third Edition, 2000, page 37, World Health Organization. |
Based on the above rules and tables, the following algorithm is used to eliminate duplicate tumours from the IARC tabulation master files.
Table 35 Algorithm used to eliminate duplicate tumours from IARC TMF
Topography Group: See Table 24.
Histology Group: See Table 25.
Non-Systemic and Non-Multicentric groups: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 11, 12
Non-Specific Histology groups: 5, 12
Eliminate duplicate tumours within the same Site and any Non-Specific Histology group using Rule1;
Eliminate all tumours within Non-Specific Histology groups when there is at least one tumour within Specific Histology groups for the same Site;
Eliminate duplicate tumours within the same Topography group and same Specific Histology group using Rule 1;
Eliminate duplicate tumours within the same Topography group and any Non-Specific Histology group using Rule 1;
When a patient has only two tumours, it may be easier to use the following decision tree instead of the above algorithm to assess if tumours are duplicates. When a patient has more than two tumours, the above algorithm must always be used to eliminate duplicate tumours since the decision tree does not indicate the order in which to process tumours pairs which in turn may lead to incorrect results.
Figure 1 Decision tree to assess if two tumours are duplicates based on IARC rules

Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | Table 24 changed:Topography group added: C38.4 |
2004 | Table 24 changed: The latest SEER "Table 24" definition has been implemented. Topography groups removed: C19, C20; C40, C41; Topography groups added: C37, C38.0-3 and C38.8; C51, C52, C57.7 and C57.8-9; C56 and C57.0-4; Algorithm changed: Systemic and Multicentric tumours: IARC criteria are applied regardless of the CCR Multiple Primary rules. Duplicate tumours within the same Histology group and with the same Date of Diagnosis: In this case, only the tumour with the lowest Tumour Reference Number, Patient identification number and Reporting Province/Territory Code is kept. This was needed to guarantee that the tumour selected is always the same when the Date of Diagnosis is the same for all tumours. Histology group 5 vs 12: These two groups are now considered the same for the purpose of finding duplicate tumours. Specific Histology groups vs Non-Specific Histology groups: A condition has been added to deal with duplicate tumours from different Histology groups where specific and non-specific histologies have been reported. In this case, only tumours with specific histology are kept, regardless of the Date of Diagnosis. |
4.3 Content and layout
The TMF includes all variables on the patient and tumour records as provided by PTCRs (except for Fields P4 and T5, the patient and tumour record types) plus additional variables that are derived from the input variables or brought in from other sources by the CCR. (See Chapter 2 Data dictionary for more information about each variable.)
The record layout for both CCR and IARC tabulation master files is as follows.
Field | Length | Position | Description | Acronym | ||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
P1 | 2 | 1 | - | 2 | Patient reporting province/territory | PREPPROV |
P2 | 12 | 3 | - | 14 | Patient identification number | PPIN |
P3 | 9 | 15 | - | 23 | CCR identification number | CCR_ID |
P5 | 1 | 24 | - | 24 | Type of Current surname | PTYP_CUR |
P6 | 25 | 25 | - | 49 | Current surname | PCURSNAM |
P7 | 15 | 50 | - | 64 | First given name | PGNAME_1 |
P8 | 15 | 65 | - | 79 | Second given name | PGNAME_2 |
P9 | 7 | 80 | - | 86 | Third given name | PGNAME_3 |
P10 | 1 | 87 | - | 87 | Sex | PSEX |
P11 | 8 | 88 | - | 95 | Date of birth | PDATBIR |
P12 | 3 | 96 | - | 98 | Province/territory or country of birth | PPROVBIR |
P13 | 25 | 99 | - | 123 | Birth surname | PBIRNAM |
P14 | 8 | 124 | - | 131 | Date of death | PDATDEA |
P15 | 3 | 132 | - | 134 | Province/territory or country of death | PPROVDEA |
P16 | 6 | 135 | - | 140 | Death registration number | PDEAREG |
P17 | 4 | 141 | - | 144 | Underlying cause of death | PCAUSDEA |
P18 | 1 | 145 | - | 145 | Autopsy confirming cause of death | PAUTOPSY |
P19 | 8 | 146 | - | 153 | Patient date of transmission | PDATTRAN |
PD1 | 8 | 154 | - | 161 | Processing date – patient record | PDCCRDATPROC |
PD2 | 1 | 162 | - | 162 | Vital status | PDCCRVITALST |
PD3 | 2 | 163 | - | 164 | Number of tumours | PDCCRNBRTMRS |
PD4 | 8 | 165 | - | 172 | Death clearance cut off date | PDDCDATCO |
PD5 | 1 | 173 | - | 173 | Death clearance status | PDDCSTAT |
PD6 | 1 | 174 | - | 174 | Death clearance method | PDDCMETH |
PD7 | 4 | 175 | - | 178 | Death clearance underlying cause of death | PDDCUCD |
PD8 | 8 | 179 | - | 186 | Date of death (Un) confirmation | PDDCDATCN |
T1 | 2 | 187 | - | 188 | Tumour reporting province/territory | TREPPROV |
T2 | 12 | 189 | - | 200 | Tumour patient identification number | TPIN |
T3 | 9 | 201 | - | 209 | Tumour reference number | TTRN |
T6 | 25 | 210 | - | 234 | Name of place of residence | TPLACRES |
T7 | 6 | 235 | - | 240 | Postal code | TPOSTCOD |
T8 | 7 | 241 | - | 247 | Standard geographic code | TCODPLAC |
T9 | 9 | 248 | - | 256 | Census tract | TCENTRAC |
T10 | 15 | 257 | - | 271 | Health insurance number | THIN |
T11 | 1 | 272 | - | 272 | Method of diagnosis | TMETHDIAG |
T12 | 8 | 273 | - | 280 | Date of diagnosis | TDATDIAG |
T13 | 4 | 281 | - | 284 | ICD-9 cancer code | TICD_9 |
T14 | 1 | 285 | - | 285 | Source classification flag | TSCF |
T15 | 4 | 286 | - | 289 | ICD-O-2/3 Topography | TICD_O2T |
T16 | 4 | 290 | - | 293 | ICD-O-2 Histology | TICD_O2H |
T17 | 1 | 294 | - | 294 | ICD-O-2 Behaviour | TICD_O2B |
T19 | 1 | 295 | - | 295 | Laterality | TLATERAL |
T21 | 4 | 296 | - | 299 | ICD-O-3 Histology | TICD_O3H |
T22 | 1 | 300 | - | 300 | ICD-O-3 Behaviour | TICD_O3B |
T23 | 1 | 301 | - | 301 | Grade, differentiation or cell indicator | TGRADE |
T24 | 1 | 302 | - | 302 | Method used to establish date of diagnosis | TMETHUSED |
T25 | 1 | 303 | - | 303 | Diagnostic confirmation | TMETHCONF |
T26 | 8 | 304 | - | 311 | Tumour date of transmission | TDATTRAN |
T27 | 3 | 312 | - | 314 | CS tumour size | TCSTSIZE |
T28 | 2 | 315 | - | 316 | CS extension | TCSEXTN |
T29 | 1 | 317 | - | 317 | CS tumour size/ext eval | TCSEVAL |
T30 | 2 | 318 | - | 319 | CS lymph nodes | TCSLNODE |
T31 | 1 | 320 | - | 320 | CS reg nodes eval | TCSRNEVAL |
T32 | 2 | 321 | - | 322 | Regional nodes examined | TCSRNEXAM |
T33 | 2 | 323 | - | 324 | Regional nodes positive | TCSRNPOS |
T34 | 2 | 325 | - | 326 | CS mets at dx | TCSMDIAG |
T35 | 1 | 327 | - | 327 | CS mets Eval | TCSMEVAL |
T36 | 3 | 328 | - | 330 | CS site-specific factor 1 | TCSSSF1 |
T37 | 3 | 331 | - | 333 | CS site-specific factor 2 | TCSSSF2 |
T38 | 3 | 334 | - | 336 | CS site-specific factor 3 | TCSSSF3 |
T39 | 3 | 337 | - | 339 | CS site-specific factor 4 | TCSSSF4 |
T40 | 3 | 340 | - | 342 | CS site-specific factor 5 | TCSSSF5 |
T41 | 3 | 343 | - | 345 | CS site-specific factor 6 | TCSSSF6 |
T42 | 9 | 346 | - | 354 | AJCC clinical T | TAJCCCLINT |
T43 | 3 | 355 | - | 357 | AJCC clinical N | TAJCCCLINN |
T44 | 3 | 358 | - | 360 | AJCC clinical M | TAJCCCLINM |
T45 | 9 | 361 | - | 369 | AJCC pathologic T | TAJCCPATHT |
T46 | 6 | 370 | - | 375 | AJCC pathologic N | TAJCCPATHN |
T47 | 3 | 376 | - | 378 | AJCC pathologic M | TAJCCPATHM |
T48 | 4 | 379 | - | 382 | AJCC clinical TNM stage group | TAJCCCLINSG |
T49 | 4 | 383 | - | 386 | AJCC pathologic TNM stage group | TAJCCPATHSG |
T50 | 4 | 387 | - | 390 | AJCC TNM stage group | TAJCCSG |
T51 | 2 | 391 | - | 392 | AJCC TNM edition number | TAJCCEDNUM |
TD1 | 8 | 393 | - | 400 | Processing date – tumour record | TDCCRDATPROC |
TD2 | 2 | 401 | - | 402 | Sequence number | TDCCRSEQNUM |
TD3 | 3 | 403 | - | 405 | Age at diagnosis | TDCCRAGEDIAG |
TD4 | 2 | 406 | - | 407 | Age group at diagnosis | TDCCRAGEGRP |
TD5 | 5 | 408 | - | 412 | Survival interval | TDDCSURVINT |
TD6 | 1 | 413 | - | 413 | Survival censor | TDDCCENSOR |
TD7 | 2 | 414 | - | 415 | Derived AJCC T | TDCSAJCCT |
TD8 | 2 | 416 | - | 417 | Derived AJCC N | TDCSAJCCN |
TD9 | 2 | 418 | - | 419 | Derived AJCC M | TDCSAJCCM |
TD10 | 1 | 420 | - | 420 | Derived AJCC T descriptor | TDCSAJCCTDESC |
TD11 | 1 | 421 | - | 421 | Derived AJCC N descriptor | TDCSAJCCNDESC |
TD12 | 1 | 422 | - | 422 | Derived AJCC M descriptor | TDCSAJCCMDESC |
TD13 | 2 | 423 | - | 424 | Derived AJCC stage group | TDCSAJCCSG |
TD14 | 1 | 425 | - | 425 | Derived AJCC flag | TDCSAJCCF |
TD15 | 1 | 426 | - | 426 | Derived SS1977 | TDCSSS1977 |
TD16 | 1 | 427 | - | 427 | Derived SS1977 flag | TDCSSS1977F |
TD17 | 1 | 428 | - | 428 | Derived SS2000 | TDCSSS2000 |
TD18 | 1 | 429 | - | 429 | Derived SS2000 flag | TDCSSS2000F |
T52 | 6 | 430 | - | 435 | CS version 1st | TCSFVER |
TD19 | 6 | 436 | - | 441 | CS version latest | TDCSLVER |
T53 | 1 | 442 | - | 442 | Ambiguous Terminology Diagnosis | TAMBIGTERM |
T54 | 8 | 443 | - | 450 | Date of conclusive diagnosis | TDATCONCLUSDIAG |
T55 | 2 | 451 | - | 452 | Type of multiple tumours reported as one primary | TMULTTUMONEPRIM |
T56 | 8 | 453 | - | 460 | Date of multiple tumours | TDATMULT |
T57 | 2 | 461 | - | 462 | Multiplicity counter | TMULTCOUNT |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2008 | Addition of T53 to T57 |
2007 | Addition of T52, deletion of TD20 |
4.4 Derived variable calculations
Most of the derived variables found on the tabulation master file are used and updated by the CCR System main processes (namely data loading, internal record linkage and death clearance process). Thus, these variables are already available at tabulation master file (TMF) creation time and do not need to be recalculated. Variables that are not used by the CCR System main processes must be derived at TMF creation time. The following table shows which variables are derived at TMF creation time and their respective calculation specification.
Variable | Value |
---|---|
PD2 – Vital status | Let P14 be the patient Date of death IF P14 = ‘00000000' THEN PD2 = ‘1'
ELSE
PD2 = ‘2'
End IF |
PD3 – Number of tumours | PD3 = Patient's total number of tumours within the applicable TMF scope. |
TD2 – Sequence number | For a given CCR identification number and TNM scope, tumours are numbered from 1 to N in chronologic order based on the Date of diagnosis. If two or more tumours share the same Date of diagnosis, then tumours are ordered by Reporting province/territory and Tumour reference number in ascending order. TD2 = Sequence number based on the above definition. |
TD3 – Age at diagnosis | If the Patient date of birth is unknown, then Age at diagnosis cannot be calculated. Otherwise, Age at diagnosis is calculated using Patient date of birth and the tumour Date of diagnosis. Let INTERVAL_YEARS (Date1, Date2) be a function that returns the number of complete years between Date1 and Date2 as described in Appendix E – Interval and Mean Time Between Dates. Let P11 be the corresponding Patient date of birth. Let T12 be the Tumour date of diagnosis. IF P11 = '99999999' THEN TD3 = 999
ELSE
TD3 = INTERVAL_YEARS (P11, T12)
END IF |
TD4 – Age group at diagnosis | TD4 = Corresponding age group based on TD3 value. (See TD4 – Specified values and meaning.) |
TD5 – Survival interval TD6 – Survival censor |
If the Patient never underwent Death clearance process; or the Date of diagnosis is after Death clearance cut-off date; or the Method of diagnosis is Death certificate only; or the Method of diagnosis is Autopsy and there is no clear evidence of a positive survival; or the Method used to establish the date of diagnosis is Autopsy or Death certificate only, then the Survival interval is not applicable. If Survival interval is applicable but Date of death is unknown, then the Survival interval cannot be calculated. If Survival interval is applicable but the Patient is not known to have died or died after the Death clearance cut-off date, then the Survival interval is calculated using Death clearance cut off date. If the Survival interval is applicable and the patient died before or on the Death clearance cut-off date, then the Survival interval is calculated using Date of death. Let INTERVAL_DAYS (Date1, Date2) be a function that returns the number of days between Date1 and Date2 as described in Appendix E – Interval and Mean Time Between Dates. Let T11 be the Tumour method of diagnosis. Let T12 be the Tumour date of diagnosis. Let T24 be the Tumour method used to establish the date of diagnosis. Let PD4 be the corresponding Patient death clearance cut-off date. Let P14 be the corresponding Patient Date of death. IF PD4 = '00000000' OR T12.YEAR > PD4.YEAR
OR T11 = '6'
OR (T11 = '2' AND P14 = '99999999')
OR (T11 = '2' AND T12.YEAR = P14.YEAR AND (T12.MONTH = '99' OR P14.MONTH = '99'))
OR (T11 = '2' AND T12.YEAR = P14.YEAR AND T12.MONTH = P14.MONTH AND (T12.DAY = '99' OR P14.DAY = '99'))
OR T24 IN ['3', '8'] THEN
TD5 = 99998
TD6 = '0'
ELSE IF P14 = '99999999' THEN
TD5 = 99999
TD6 = '0'
ELSE IF P14 = '00000000' OR P14.YEAR > PD4.YEAR THEN
TD5 = INTERVAL_DAYS (T12, PD4)
TD6 = '2'
ELSE
TD5 = INTERVAL_DAYS (T12, P14)
TD6 = '1'
END IF |
TD7 – Derived AJCC T | Values returned by the recommended version of the AJCC CS algorithm based on CS Input variables and tumour ICD-O-2/3 Topography and ICD-O-3 Histology. |
TD8 – Derived AJCC N | |
TD9 – Derived AJCC M | |
TD10 – Derived AJCC T descriptor | |
TD11 – Derived AJCC N descriptor | |
TD12 – Derived AJCC M descriptor | |
TD13 – Derived AJCC stage group | |
TD14 – Derived AJCC flag | |
TD15 – Derived SS1977 | |
TD16 – Derived SS1977 flag | |
TD17 – Derived SS2000 | |
TD18 – Derived SS2000 flag | |
TD19 – CS version latest |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | PD2 – Vital Status is now derived at TMF time |
4.5 Confidentiality
In order to respect confidentiality agreements, three different filtering options may be applied to the tabulation master files.
- No filtering: No fields are hidden. This TMF is used to return data to reporting PTCR and for authorized record linkage activities.
- No name: All names and Health insurance number fields are hidden. This TMF is used for NAACCR submission.
- No name, No key: All names, Health insurance number and patient identification number fields are hidden. This TMF is used for dissemination.
The following table explicitly lists which fields are hidden by the different confidentiality filters.
Sensitive Field | Filtering Option | ||
---|---|---|---|
No Filtering | No Name | No Name, No Key | |
P2 – Patient Identification Number | - | - | Hidden |
P6 – Current Surname | - | Hidden | Hidden |
P7 – First Given Name | - | Hidden | Hidden |
P8 – Second Given Name | - | Hidden | Hidden |
P9 – Third Given Name | - | Hidden | Hidden |
P13 – Birth Surname | - | Hidden | Hidden |
T2 – Tumour Patient Identification Number | - | - | Hidden |
T10 – Health Insurance Number | - | Hidden | Hidden |
In order to keep the same record layout for all Tabulation Master Files, hidden fields are simply filled with 'X'.
Appendices
Appendix C – AJCC TNM reference tables
Appendix D – Multiple primary tumours rules for CCR
Appendix E – Interval and mean time between dates
Appendix F – Auxiliary tables
Appendix G – Grade, differentiation or cell indicator guidelines (for T23)
Appendix H – CCR Ambiguous Terms (for T12 and T53)
Appendix I – Guidelines for Abstracting and Determining Death Certificate Only (DCO) Cases for
Provincial/Territorial Cancer Registries (PTCRs) in Canada (for T12 and P18)
Appendix J – Internal between two dates (complete or partial)
Appendix T – Residency guidelines in Canada (for T1, T6, P1)
Appendix X – CCR_ID check digit routine
Appendix Z – References
Appendix C – AJCC TNM reference tables
This appendix describes all AJCC TNM reference tables, namely:
- Valid AJCC clinical T by site;
- Valid AJCC clinical N by site;
- Valid AJCC clinical M by site;
- Valid AJCC pathologic T by site;
- Valid AJCC pathologic N by site;
- Valid AJCC pathologic M by site;
- Valid AJCC clinical TNM stage group by site;
- Valid AJCC pathologic TNM stage group by site;
- Valid AJCC TNM stage group by site;
- Valid AJCC T, N, M and stage group combination by site
Valid AJCC clinical T by site
Table usage notes:
See Chapter 1 for a complete description of each eligible site in terms of topography, histology and behaviour.
Breast | Prostate | Colorectal |
---|---|---|
TX | TX | TX |
T0 | T0 | T0 |
Tis | -- | Tis |
TisDCIS | -- | -- |
TisLCIS | -- | -- |
TisPagets | -- | -- |
T1 | T1 | T1 |
T1mic | -- | -- |
T1a | T1a | -- |
T1b | T1b | -- |
T1c | T1c | -- |
T2 | T2 | T2 |
-- | T2a | -- |
-- | T2b | -- |
-- | T2c | -- |
T3 | T3 | T3 |
-- | T3a | -- |
-- | T3b | -- |
T4 | T4 | T4 |
T4a | -- | -- |
T4b | -- | -- |
T4c | -- | -- |
T4d | -- | -- |
99 | 99 | 99 |
Valid AJCC clinical N by site
Table usage notes:
See Chapter 1 for a complete description of each stageable site in terms of topography, histology and behaviour.
Breast | Prostate | Colorectal |
---|---|---|
NX | NX | NX |
N0 | N0 | N0 |
N1 | N1 | N1 |
N2 | -- | N2 |
N2a | -- | -- |
N2b | -- | -- |
N3 | -- | -- |
N3a | -- | -- |
N3b | -- | -- |
N3c | -- | -- |
99 | 99 | 99 |
Valid AJCC clinical M by site
Table usage notes:
See Chapter 1 for a complete description of each stageable site in terms of topography, histology and behaviour.
Breast | Prostate | Colorectal |
---|---|---|
MX | MX | MX |
M0 | M0 | M0 |
M1 | M1 | M1 |
-- | M1a | -- |
-- | M1b | -- |
-- | M1c | -- |
99 | 99 | 99 |
Valid AJCC pathologic T by site
Table usage notes:
See Chapter 1 for a complete description of each stageable site in terms of topography, histology and behaviour.
Breast | Prostate | Colorectal |
---|---|---|
TX | TX | TX |
T0 | -- | T0 |
Tis | -- | Tis |
TisDCIS | -- | -- |
TisLCIS | -- | -- |
TisPagets | -- | -- |
T1 | -- | T1 |
T1mic | -- | -- |
T1a | -- | -- |
T1b | -- | -- |
T1c | -- | -- |
T2 | T2 | T2 |
-- | T2a | -- |
-- | T2b | -- |
-- | T2c | -- |
T3 | T3 | T3 |
-- | T3a | -- |
-- | T3b | -- |
T4 | T4 | T4 |
T4a | -- | -- |
T4b | -- | -- |
T4c | -- | -- |
T4d | -- | -- |
99 | 99 | 99 |
Valid AJCC pathologic N by site
See Chapter 1 for a complete description of each stageable site in terms of topography, histology and behaviour.
Breast | Prostate | Colorectal |
---|---|---|
NX | NX | NX |
N0 | N0 | N0 |
N0i- | -- | -- |
N0i+ | -- | -- |
N0mol- | -- | -- |
N0mol+ | -- | -- |
N1 | N1 | N1 |
N1mi | -- | -- |
N1a | -- | -- |
N1b | -- | -- |
N1c | -- | -- |
N2 | -- | N2 |
N2a | -- | -- |
N2b | -- | -- |
N3 | -- | -- |
N3a | -- | -- |
N3b | -- | -- |
N3c | -- | -- |
99 | 99 | 99 |
Valid AJCC pathologic M by site
Table usage notes:
See Chapter 1 for a complete description of each stageable site in terms of topography, histology and behaviour.
Breast | Prostate | Colorectal |
---|---|---|
MX | MX | MX |
M0 | M0 | M0 |
M1 | M1 | M1 |
-- | M1a | -- |
-- | M1b | -- |
-- | M1c | -- |
99 | 99 | 99 |
Valid AJCC clinical TNM stage group by site
Table usage notes:
See Chapter 1 for a complete description of each stageable site in terms of topography, histology and behaviour.
Breast | Prostate | Colorectal |
---|---|---|
X | X | X |
0 | -- | 0 |
I | I | I |
-- | II | -- |
IIA | -- | IIA |
IIB | -- | IIB |
-- | III | -- |
IIIA | -- | IIIA |
IIIB | -- | IIIB |
IIIC | -- | IIIC |
IV | IV | IV |
99 | 99 | 99 |
Valid AJCC pathologic TNM stage group by site
Table usage notes:
See Chapter 1 for a complete description of each stageable site in terms of topography, histology and behaviour.
Breast | Prostate | Colorectal |
---|---|---|
X | X | X |
0 | -- | 0 |
I | I | I |
-- | II | -- |
IIA | -- | IIA |
IIB | -- | IIB |
-- | III | -- |
IIIA | -- | IIIA |
IIIB | -- | IIIB |
IIIC | -- | IIIC |
IV | IV | IV |
99 | 99 | 99 |
Valid AJCC TNM stage group by site
Table usage notes:
See Chapter 1 for a complete description of each stageable site in terms of topography, histology and behaviour.
Breast | Prostate | Colorectal |
---|---|---|
0 | -- | 0 |
I | I | I |
II61 | II | II61 |
IIA | -- | IIA |
IIB | -- | IIB |
III61 | III | III61 |
IIIA | -- | IIIA |
IIIB | -- | IIIB |
IIIC | -- | IIIC |
IV | IV | IV |
99 | 99 | 99 |
Valid AJCC T, N, M and stage group combination by site
Table usage notes
- The following tables assess the validity of the T, N, M and stage group values combination. They can be used to assess either clinical or pathologicvalues.
- TNM values in the tables include all their sub-values. Thus, the expression ‘T1' includes {T1, T1a, T1b, T1is...}. The actual list of included values depends on the site.
- In the context of the CCR System, the expression ‘Any T' or ‘Any N' include all their respective sub-values and the value ‘99'. Thus, the expression ‘Any N' includes {99, NX, N0, N1, N1a...}
Stage Group | T | N | M |
---|---|---|---|
0 | Tis | N0 | M0 |
I | T1 | N0 | M0 |
I | T2 | N0 | M0 |
IIA | T3 | N0 | M0 |
IIB | T4 | N0 | M0 |
IIIA | T1 | N1 | M0 |
IIIA | T2 | N1 | M0 |
IIIB | T3 | N1 | M0 |
IIIB | T4 | N1 | M0 |
IIIC | Any T | N2 | M0 |
IV | Any T | Any N | M1 |
Stage group | T | N | M |
---|---|---|---|
0 | Tis | N0 | M0 |
I | T1 | N0 | M0 |
IIA | T0 | N1 | M0 |
IIA | T1 | N1 | M0 |
IIA | T2 | N0 | M0 |
IIB | T2 | N1 | M0 |
IIB | T3 | N0 | M0 |
IIIA | T0 | N2 | M0 |
IIIA | T1 | N2 | M0 |
IIIA | T2 | N2 | M0 |
IIIA | T3 | N1 | M0 |
IIIA | T3 | N2 | M0 |
IIIB | T4 | N0 | M0 |
IIIB | T4 | N1 | M0 |
IIIB | T4 | N2 | M0 |
IIIC | Any T | N3 | M0 |
IV | Any T | Any N | M1 |
Stage group | T | N | M |
---|---|---|---|
I | T1a | N0 | M0 |
II | T1a | N0 | M0 |
II | T1b | N0 | M0 |
II | T1c | N0 | M0 |
II | T2 | N0 | M0 |
III | T3 | N0 | M0 |
IV | T4 | N0 | M0 |
IV | Any T | N1 | M0 |
IV | Any T | Any N | M1 |
This table has been slightly modified from the AJCC cancer staging manual, 6,th Edition since the CCR system does not consider the grade when validating the stage group and T, N, M values combination
Year | Description |
2008 | Table 50: updated Stage group II with T1a, T1b and T1c |
Appendix D – Multiple primary tumours rules for CCR
As of 2007 the CCR has adopted SEER rules. New edits will be implemented to adhere to these new rules.
Figure 2 Decision tree to assess CCR Multiple primary tumours

Appendix E – Interval and mean time between dates
The following algorithm can be used to assess the number of days or complete years between two dates. When both dates are complete, the algorithm returns the exact number of days or complete years between the two dates. When one or both dates are partial, the mean number of days or complete years between the two dates is returned. This algorithm cannot be used if one or both dates are totally unknown, i.e. equal to '99999999'. The returned value is always a positive whole number (including zero).
Definitions
Let Date1 and Date2 be the two dates from which the interval must be calculated and where Date1 <= Date2.
Let Y1, M1 and D1 be the year, month and day of date1.
Let Y2, M2 and D2 be the year, month and day of date2.
Let MOD (X, Y) be a function that returns the remainder of X divided by Y.
Let MIDDLE_DAY (Month) be a function that returns the middle day of month using the following logic:
Let LAST_DAY (Year, Month) be a function that returns the last day of the month for the specified year using the following logic:
Let MONTH_BETWEEN (Date1, Date2) be a function that returns the number of months between date1 and date2. If date1 is later than date2, then the result is positive. If date1 is earlier than date2, then the result is negative. If date1 and date2 are either the same days of the month or both last days of months, then the result is always a whole number. Otherwise a fractional portion of the result based on a 31-day month is also added.
Number of days between Date1 and Date2 | Number of years between Date1 and Date2 |
---|---|
Based on unknown date components and existing conditions between Date1 and Date2, found the right expression to compute the number of days between Date1 and Date2 using the following table. Evaluate the expression. Return rounded result. |
Based on unknown date components and existing conditions between Date1 and Date2, found the right expression to compute the number complete years between Date1 and Date2 using the following table. Evaluate the expression. Return truncated result. |
Unknown date components | Conditions | Number of days between Date1 and Date2 | Number of years between Date1 and Date2 |
---|---|---|---|
None | None | Y2/M2/D2 - Y1/M1/D1 | MONTH_BETWEEN (Y2/M2/D2, Y1/M1/D1) / 12 |
D1 | Y1=Y2 AND M1=M2 | ½ * (Y2/M2/D2 - Y1/M1/01) | 0 |
Otherwise | Y2/M2/D2 - Y1/M1/MIDDLE_DAY(M1) | MONTH_BETWEEN (Y2/M2/D2, Y1/M1/MIDDLE_DAY(M1)) / 12 | |
D2 | Y1=Y2 AND M1=M2 | ½ * (Y2/M2/LAST_DAY(Y2,M2) - Y1/M1/D1) | 0 |
Otherwise | Y2/M2/MIDDLE_DAY(M2) - Y1/M1/D1 | MONTH_BETWEEN (Y2/M2/MIDDLE_DAY(M2), Y1/M1/D1) / 12 | |
D1, D2 | Y1=Y2 AND M1=M2 | ½ * (Y2/M2/LAST_DAY(Y2,M2) - Y1/M1/MIDDLE_DAY(M1)) [~ 7] Note: Given the small difference between all possible cases, 7 can be used for all cases. Case 1: there are 31 days in M1: (31-16)/2=7,5 Case 2: there are 30 days in M1: (30-16)/2=7 Case 3: there are 29 days in M1: (29-15)/2=7 Case 4: there are 28 days in M1: (28-15)/2=6,5 |
0 |
Otherwise | Y2/M2/MIDDLE_DAY(M2) - Y1/M1/MIDDLE_DAY(M1) | MONTH_BETWEEN (Y2/M2/MIDDLE_DAY(M2), Y1/M1/MIDDLE_DAY(M1)) / 12 | |
M1, D1 | Y1=Y2 | ½ * (Y2/M2/D2 - Y1/01/01) | 0 |
Y1<Y2 | Y2/M2/D2 - Y1/07/02 | MONTH_BETWEEN (Y2/M2/D2, Y1/07/02) / 12 | |
M2, D2 | Y1=Y2 | ½ * (Y2/12/31 - Y1/M1/D1) | 0 |
Y1<Y2 | Y2/07/02 - Y1/M1/D1 | MONTH_BETWEEN (Y2/07/02, Y1/M1/D1) / 12 | |
D1, M2, D2 | Y1=Y2 | ½ * (Y2/12/31 - Y1/M1/MIDDLE_DAY(M1)) | 0 |
Y1<Y2 | Y2/07/02 - Y1/M1/MIDDLE_DAY(M1) | MONTH_BETWEEN (Y2/07/02, Y1/M1/MIDDLE_DAY(M1)) / 12 | |
M1, D1, D2 | Y1=Y2 | ½ * (Y2/M2/MIDDLE_DAY(M2) - Y1/01/01) | 0 |
Y1<Y2 | Y2/M2/MIDDLE_DAY(M2) - Y1/07/02 | MONTH_BETWEEN (Y2/M2/MIDDLE_DAY(M2), Y1/07/02) / 12 | |
M1, D1, M2, D2 | Y1=Y2 | ½ * (Y2/12/31 - Y1/07/02) [= 91] Note: Since the outcome is constant, 91 can be used directly. |
0 |
Y1<Y2 | Y2/07/02 - Y1/07/02 | MONTH_BETWEEN (Y2/07/02, Y1/07/02) / 12 |
Used by
- Data loading – posting.
- Tabulation master file
Appendix F – Auxiliary tables
This section describes all auxiliary tables used by several processes, namely:
- Delete CCR ID;
- Alternate surname;
- Internal Record Linkage – Don't Link Cross Reference;
- Death Clearance – Don't Link Cross Reference.
Appendix E – Interval and mean time between dates
Description
This table keeps a log of patient record deletions.
Content
- CCR identification number: The CCR identification number of the deleted patient record.
- Reporting province/territory: The reporting province/territory of the deleted patient record.
- Patient identification number: The patient identification number of the deleted patient record.
- Date of deletion: The date of the day the patient record was deleted or merged with another.
- New CCR_ID: The CCR identification number of the remaining patient record when two patient records are merged through internal record linkage resolution.
- Process: Code indicating which process has deleted the patient record. Possible values are:
- Data loading process through posting step.
- Internal record linkage through resolution step.
Usage
This table can be used to know how and when a patient record has been deleted. This is especially useful when providing feedback to PTCR about an input patient record that is rejected because the corresponding base patient record is not found on the CCR.
Used By
- Data loading – posting
- Internal record linkage
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
Alternate surname
Description
This table keeps a copy of other patient surnames used since a patient enters the CCR.
Content
- CCR identification number: The CCR identification number of the patient.
- Surname: Former surname used by the patient.
Usage
This table is used during record linkage activities to augment the chances of a link between two records. This is useful when a patient surname changed overtime. Generally speaking, an additional patient record is created for every alternate patient surname. Doing so will allow a better link between a jurisdiction that uses the former patient surname and another jurisdiction that uses the latter patient surname.
Used By
- Data loading – posting;
- Internal record linkage – Record explosion;
- Death clearance process – Record explosion.
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
Internal Record Linkage – Don't Link Cross Reference
Description
This table keeps a log of potential duplicate patient record pairs that have been reviewed and rejected by PTCR through the Internal Record Linkage process.
Content
- CCR Identification Number 1: The CCR Identification Number of the first patient.
- CCR Identification Number 2: The CCR Identification Number of the second patient.
- Resolution Date: The date when the Resolution step of the Internal Record Linkage process has run and has created the entry. (Format: YYYYMMDD)
Usage
This table is used during Internal Record Linkage process to avoid resending for review potential duplicate patient records that have been already reviewed and rejected by PTCR.
Used By
- Data Loading – Posting;
Year | Description |
---|---|
Not applicable | Not applicable |
Death Clearance – Don't Link Cross Reference
Description
This table keeps a log of Death Confirmation refused by PTCR through the Death Confirmation Refusal Process.
Content
- CCR Identification Number: The CCR Identification Number of the patient.
- Date of Death: The Date of Death as specified on the rejected Death Event (format: YYYYMMDD);
- Place of Death: The Place of Death as specified on the rejected Death Event;
- Death Registration Number: The Death Registration Numner as specified on the rejected Death Event
- Refusal Date: The date when the Death Confirmation Refusal has been processed (Format: YYYYMMDD)
The Year of Death, the Place of Death and the Death Registration Number altogether create a key that uniquely identifies a Death Event.
Usage
This table is used during Death Clearance process to avoid resending for review Death Clearance Confirmation that have been already reviewed and rejected by PTCR.
Used By
- Data Loading – Posting (Death Confirmation Refusal);
- Internal Record Linkage – Resolution;
- Death Clearance – Probabilistic Linkage.
Year | Description |
---|---|
2004 | Reporting Province and Patient Identification Number have been removed from this table since they are not part of the Patient Primary Key and were not maintained upon Patient Reversal of Ownership. |
Appendix G – Guidelines for reporting grade, differentiation or cell indicator
Note: The CCR captures Grade for “invasive” tumours only beginning with January 1, 2004 data to accommodate grade collection in the CS Algorithm. These guidelines apply to January 1, 2006 data.
The CCR does not collect Grade for “in situ” tumours.
All CCR codes are based on the SEER codes as defined in the SEER Program Coding and Staging Manual 2004. The intent is to collect histopathologic grade however there are recognized anatomical site exceptions (for example, kidney) that apply other grading schemes.
Site Specific Grade Guidelines (page 4) take precedence over the General Coding RULES (page 2); use the General Coding Rules only when there are no Site Specific Grade Guidelines.
Grade, Differentiation (Codes 1, 2, 3, 4, 9)
Pathologic testing determines the grade, or degree of differentiation, of the tumour. For cancers, the grade is a measurement of how closely the tumour cells resemble the parent tissue (organ of origin). Well differentiated tumour cells closely resemble the tissue from the organ of origin. Poorly differentiated and undifferentiated tumour cells are disorganized and abnormal looking; they bear little or no resemblance to the tissue from the organ of origin.
Pathologists describe the tumour grade by levels of similarity. Pathologists may define the tumour by describing two levels of similarity (two-grade system); by describing three levels of similarity (three-grade system); or by describing four levels of similarity (four-grade system). The four-grade system describes the tumour as grade I, grade II, grade III, and grade IV (also called well differentiated, moderately differentiated, poorly differentiated, and undifferentiated/anaplastic). These similarities/differences may be based on pattern (architecture), cytology, or nuclear features or a combination of these elements depending upon the grading system that is used. The information from this data item is useful for determining prognosis.
Cell Indicator (Codes 5, 6, 7, 8, 9)
Describes the lineage or phenotype of the cell that became malignant. Cell indicator codes apply to hematopoietic malignancies (ICD-O-3 range 9590-9989) and for these diagnoses cell indicator takes precedence over grade/differentiation. Note: See the ICD-O-3 chapter Morphology (page 67)for further instructions on coding grade.
CCR Codes:
1 Grade I; grade i; grade 1; well differentiated; differentiated, NOS
2 Grade II; grade ii; grade 2; moderately differentiated; moderately well differentiated; intermediate differentiation
3 Grade III; grade iii, grade 3; poorly differentiated; dedifferentiated
4 Grade IV; grade iv; grade 4; undifferentiated; anaplastic
5 T-cell; T-precursor
6 B-Cell; Pre-B; B-precursor
7 Null cell; Non T-non B
8 NK cell (natural killer cell) (effective beginning with diagnosis 1/1/1995)
9 Grade/differentiations unknown, not stated, or not applicable
GENERAL CODING RULES
- If there is any confusion relating to grade, we strongly recommend consulting the pathologist for confirmation.
Example: To determine grade when there are multiple pathology consults. - The site-specific coding guidelines (pages 4-9) include rules for coding grade for the following primary sites: breast, kidney, prostate, CNS, lymphoma, leukemia and sarcoma.
- Code the grade from the final diagnosis in the pathology report. If there is more than one pathology report, and the grades in the final diagnoses differ, code the highest grade for the primary site from any pathology report.
- If grade is not stated in the final pathology diagnosis, use the information in the microscopic section, addendum, or comment to code grade.
- If there is no tissue diagnosis (pathology or cytology report), code the grade from the Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) or Positron Emission Tomography (PET).
- If more than one grade is recorded for a single tumour, code the highest grade, even if it is a focus.
Example: Pathology report reads: Grade II adenocarcinoma with a focus of undifferentiated adenocarcinoma. Code the tumour grade as grade 4, CCR Code 4. - Code the grade information from the consultation or tumour board round if the specimen is sent to a specialty pathology department for a consult.
- Code the grade from the primary tumour only, never from a recurrence or metastatic site (distant and/or regional) even if this is theonly reference to grade that you have.
- Code the grade for all unknown primaries to 9 (unknown grade) unless grade is implied by histology (i.e. anaplastic carcinoma (grade = 4).
- Some terms in ICD-O-3 carry an implied statement of grade. These histologies must be reported with the correct grade as stated below even if the primary site is unknown:
8020/34 Carcinoma, undifferentiated
8021/34 Carcinoma, anaplastic
8331/31 Follicular adenocarcinoma, well differentiated
9082/34 Malignant teratoma, undifferentiated
9083/32 Malignant teratoma, intermediate type
9401/34 Astrocytoma, anaplastic
9451/34 Oligodendroglioma, anaplastic
9511/31 Retinoblastoma, differentiated
9512/34 Retinoblastoma, undifferentiated - Code the grade of the invasive component when the tumour has both in situ and invasive portions. If the invasive component grade is unknown and in situ is graded, code the grade as unknown (9). Note: The CCR does not capture grade for in situ (high dysplasia) cases.
- If a patient receives pre-operative systemic treatment for example, chemotherapy, radiotherapy, hormonal etc), code grade:
– from a pre-treatment pathology report, if available.
–after pre-operative systemic treatment if this is the only grade information available.
SITE SPECIFIC GRADE GUIDELINES
If the site specific guidelines do not apply or only limited information is available, then refer to the Common Grading Systems tables (page 10) and the Terminology (Four Grade) Conversion Table (page 11).
Exception: Cell indicator takes precedence over grade/differentiation for lymphomas and leukemias.
Breast Cancer
Priority Order for Coding Breast Cancer Grade Code grade in the following priority order (See following table):
- Bloom-Richardson (BR) scores 3-9 converted to grade
- Bloom Richardson (BR) grade (low, intermediate, high)
- Terminology
a. Differentiation (well differentiated, moderately differentiated, etc) - Histologic grade (Breast Grade NOS, invasive cancer, histologic grade is implied).
a. Grade 1/I/i, grade 2/II/ii, grade 3/III/iii, grade 4/IV/iv
Note: The conversion of low, intermediate, and high grade for breast is different from the conversion used for all other tumours. Do not use three-grade conversion for breast primaries (see page 10).
BR Scores | BR Grade | Terminology | Histologic Grade | CCR Code |
---|---|---|---|---|
3, 4, 5 | Low | Well differentiated | I/III; 1/3 | 1 |
6, 7 | Intermediate | Moderately differentiated | II/III; 2/3 | 2 |
8, 9 | High | Poorly differentiated | III/III; 3/3 | 3 |
Bloom-Richardson (BR)
- BR may also be called: modified Bloom-Richardson, Scarff-Bloom-Richardson, SBR grading, BR grading, Elston-Ellis modification of Bloom Richardson score, the Nottingham modification of Bloom Richardson score, Nottingham-Tenovus, or Nottingham grade
- BR may be expressed in scores (range 3-9)The score is based on three morphologic features of “invasive no-special-type” breast cancers (degree of tubule formation/histologic grade, mitotic activity, nuclear pleomorphism of tumour cells)
- BR may be expressed as a grade (low, intermediate, high)
- BR grade is derived from the BR score
- Use the Breast Grading Conversion Table above to convert the score, grade or terminology into the CCR code
Kidney Cancer
Fuhrman grade describes the nucleus of the cell. If Fuhrman grade is not specified, nuclear grade has second priority.For kidney, nuclear grade is more important (priority) than looking at the overall histologic grade of the tumor.
Note: Use the general coding rules for coding grade for Wilms tumour (8960) as these prioritization rules do not apply.
Priority Order for Coding Kidney Cancer Grade
Code grade in the following priority order:
- Fuhrman grade (grade 1, 2 ,3 ,4)
- Nuclear grade (grade 1, 2, 3, 4)
- Terminology (well diff, mod diff)
- Histologic grade (grade 1, grade 2)
Grade | Differentiation or Descriptor | CCR Code |
---|---|---|
Grade i | Well differentiated | 1 |
Grade ii | Moderately differentiated | 2 |
Grade iii | Poorly differentiated | 3 |
Grade iv | Undifferentiated | 4 |
Prostate
Nuclear grade is not equivalent to any part of the Gleason grading process (cannot be converted from Gleason's Score or Pattern).
Priority Rules for Coding Prostate Cancer Grade
Code grade in the following priority order:
- Gleason's Grade (score or pattern)
- Terminology
a. Differentiation (well differentiated, moderately differentiated, etc.) - Histologic grade
a. Grade 1/I/i, grade 2/II/ii, grade 3/III/iii, grade 4/IV/iv
Use the following table to convert Gleason's pattern or score into CCR codes:
Gleason's Score (Gleason's Grade) | Gleason's Pattern | Terminology | Histologic Grade | CCR Code |
---|---|---|---|---|
2, 3, 4 | 1, 2 | Well differentiated | I | 1 |
5, 6 | 3 | Moderately differentiated | II | 2 |
7, 8, 9, 10 | 4, 5 | Poorly differentiated | III | 3 |
Note: if Gleason's score or pattern is not specified, see examples below:
Gleason's Pattern
Prostate cancers are commonly graded using Gleason's score or pattern. Gleason's grading is based on a 5-level system, meaning it is based on 5 histologic patterns. The pathologist will evaluate the primary (majority) and secondary patterns for the tumour. The pattern is usually written as a sum, with the majority pattern appearing first and the secondary pattern as the second number.
Example: A Gleason pattern of 2 + 4 means that the primary pattern is 2 and the secondary pattern is 4.
Gleason's Score
The patterns are added together to create a score.
Example: If the pattern is 2 + 4, the score is 6 (the sum of 2 and 4).
When reviewing prostate grading terminology and attempting to determine whether it represents a grade or a score, consider the following results:
- less than or equal to 5 are coded as a pattern and
- more than 5 are coded as a score.
- If the pathology report contains only one number, and that number is less than or equal to 5, it is a pattern. Please see General Coding Rule 1.
- If the pathology report contains only one number, and that number is greater than 5, it is a score. Please see General Coding Rule #1.
- If the pathology report specifies a specific number out of a total of 10, the first number given is the score.
Example: The pathology report says “Gleason's 3/10”. The Gleason's score would be 3. - If there are two numbers less than 6, assume they refer to two patterns. The first number is the primary pattern and the second is the secondary pattern.
Example: If the pathology report says “Gleason's 3 + 5,” the Gleason's score would be 8, the sum of 3 and 5.
Central Nervous System
- WHO grading forbrain is used to estimate prognosis and can refer to both benign and malignant lesions. It is never coded in the 6th digit of the histology code.
a. WHO grade is captured in Collaborative Stage Site Specific Factor 1. - Pathologists do not always describe ICD-O-3 grade or differentiation of CNS tumors.a. If no grade is given, code the 6th digit histology code to ‘9' unknown.
b. Some histologies include/imply grade in the terms; in these cases the grade can be coded (for example, anaplastic astrocytoma 9401/34). SeeGeneral Coding Rule 10. - Do not automatically code glioblastoma multiforme as grade IV, if no grade is given, code to ‘9' unknown. (9440/39).
- All glioma's with histology 938-946 with the exception of those with an implied grade are ‘9' not applicable.
- Grade astrocytomas according to ICD-O-3 rules. Do not use the WHO grade to code this field.
Lymphoma and Leukemia 9590-9989
- The designation of T-cell, B-cell, null cell, or NK cell has precedence over any statement of differentiation.
a. Code ANY statement of T-cell, B-cell, null cell, or NK cell including:T-cell (code 5)Cortical TMature TPre-TPro-TT-cell phenotypeT-precursorB-Cell (code 6)B-cell phenotypeB-precursorPre-BPre-pre-BPro-BNull-Cell; Non-T-non-B (code 7)Null-cellNon T-non-BCommon cellNK (Natural Killer) cell (code 8)NK/T cellCell type not determined, not stated or not applicable (code 9)Combined B cell and T cell
Note: The ‘code to the higher code' rule usually does not apply to phenotypes.
b. Code information on cell type from any source, whether or not marker studies are documented in the patient record.
Example: The history portion of the medical record documents that the patient has a T-cell lymphoma. There are no marker studies on the chart. Code the grade as T-cell. - Do not use the terms “high grade,” “low grade,” and “intermediate grade” to code differentiation or Cell Indicator field. These terms refer to prognosis, not grade.
a. In some instances, the term ‘grade' does not imply differentiation and should not be used to code the 6th digit of the morphology code. It is important to recognize when the term “grade” refers to category and when it refers to biologic activity. When describing some diseases, pathologists use the term “grade” as a synonym for “type” or “category.” Registrars recognize the term “grade” as an indicator of cell differentiation that is coded in the 6th digit of the ICD-O morphology code.i. The grade descriptors for nodular sclerosing Hodgkin lymphoma and follicular lymphoma are actually types or categories of these diseases. The 6th digit should not be coded as grade 1, 2 or 3 for these cases.ii. Poorly differentiated lymphocytic lymphoma or a B-cell or T-cell lymphoma should be coded in the 6th digit of the morphology code.iii. Other terms described as high grade or low grade as part of the diagnostic term may be used to code the 6th digit of the morphology code. - Do not code the descriptions “Grade 1,” “Grade 2,” or “Grade 3” in the Grade, Differentiation or Cell Indicator field.
- Codes 9950-9989 rarely have a grade associated with them and are generally coded as a ‘9'.
- Grade codes 5-8 are T-cell, B-cell, or NK cell indicators used for leukemias and lymphomas only. Therefore, codes 5-8 may only be used with morphologies in the range of 9590-9989.
Sarcoma
Several grading systems exist and may be used to grade sarcomas. The following table incorporates two, three and four-tier grading systems. If a sarcoma is graded using terminology, refer to the Terminology Conversion Table on page 11.
Grade | Differentiation or Descriptor | CCR Code |
---|---|---|
Low Grade | 1/2 1/3 1/4 2/4 | 2 |
Intermediate Grade | 2/3 | 3 |
High Grade | 2/2 3/3 3/4 4/4 | 4 |
Common Grading Systems
Two-Grade System
There are some cancers for which a two-grade system is used (i.e. colon cancer, papillary transitional cell carcinoma, bladder, endometrial stromal sarcoma). The patterns of cell growth are measured on a scale of 1 or 2 (also referred to as low and high grade). The expected outcome is more favorable for lower grades.
- If the grade is listed as 1/2 or as low grade, assign code 2.
- If the grade is listed as 2/2 or as high grade, assign code 4.
Grade | Differentiation / Description |
CCR Code |
---|---|---|
1/2, I/II | Low grade | 2 |
2/2, II/II | High grade | 4 |
Three-Grade System
There are several cancers for which a three-grade system is used (for example peritoneum, endometrium, fallopian tube, prostate, bladder and soft tissue sarcoma). The patterns of cell growth are measured on a scale of 1, 2, and 3 (also referred to as low, medium/intermediate, and high grade). This system measures the proportion of cancer cells that are growing and making new cells and how closely they resemble the cells of the host tissue. Thus, it is similar to a four-grade system (see Terminology Conversion Table on page 10), but simply divides the spectrum into 3 rather than 4 categories (see Three-Grade Conversion Table below). The expected outcome is more favorable for lower grades.
- If the grade is listed as1/3 or as low grade, assign code 2.
- If the grade is listed as 2/3 or as medium/intermediate grade, assign code 3.
- If the grade is listed as 3/3 or as high grade, assign code 4.
Use the following table to convert the grade to CCR codes:
Grade | Differentiation / Description |
CCR Code |
1/3, I/III | Low grade | 2 |
2/3, II/III | Medium/Intermediate grade | 3 |
3/3, III/III | High grade | 4 |
*Do not use for breast primaries
Terminology Conversion Table
This system measures the proportion of cancer cells that are growing and making new cells and how closely they resemble the cells of the host tissue. The expected outcome is more favorable for lower grades.
Description | Grade | CCR Code |
---|---|---|
Differentiated, NOS | I | 1 |
Well differentiated | I | 1 |
Fairly well differentiated | II | 2 |
Intermediate differentiation | II | 2 |
Low grade | I-II | 2 |
Mid differentiated | II | 2 |
Moderately differentiated | II | 2 |
Moderately well differentiated | II | 2 |
Partially differentiated | II | 2 |
Partially well differentiated | I-II | 2 |
Relatively or generally well differentiated | II | 2 |
Medium grade, intermediate grade | II-III | 3 |
Moderately poorly differentiated | III | 3 |
Moderately undifferentiated | III | 3 |
Poorly differentiated | III | 3 |
Relatively poorly differentiated | III | 3 |
Relatively undifferentiated | III | 3 |
Slightly differentiated | III | 3 |
Dedifferentiated | III | 3 |
High grade | III-IV | 4 |
Undifferentiated, anaplastic, not differentiated | IV | 4 |
Non-high grade | 9 |
References:
- SEER Program Coding and Staging Manual (2004) Published by the U. S. Department of Health & Human Services (Bethesda, MD), 2004. NIH Publication Number 04-5581.
- International Classification of Diseases for Oncology, Third Edition. WHO.
- NAACCR Edit Logic Report for Metafile NAACR10E.EMF
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Data collection of primary central nervous system tumors. National Program of Cancer Registries Training Materials. Atlanta, Georgia: Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2004.
Year | Description |
---|---|
2006 | New appendix |
Appendix H – CCR Ambiguous Terms
Effective for January 1, 2001 data and forward
The Data Quality Management Committee, with the approval of the CCCR, recommends that the SEER Program list4 of ambiguous terms be adopted as the Canadian list when identifying cancer cases5. Where possible, it is best to obtain additional information or consult with a pathologist for clarification. If neither is possible, use the following list for determining whether to register/report a cancer case to the CCR.
Consider as diagnostic of cancer | NOT considered diagnostic of cancer* |
---|---|
apparent(ly) | cannot be ruled out |
appears to | equivocal |
comparable with | possible |
compatible with | potentially malignant |
consistent with | questionable |
favor(s) | rule out |
malignant appearing | suggests |
most likely | worrisome |
presumed | |
probable | |
suspect(ed) | |
suspicious (for) | |
typical of | * without additional information |
Exception: If cytology is reported as “suspicious”, do not interpret this as a diagnosis of cancer. Abstract the case only if a positive biopsy or a physician's clinical impression of cancer supports the cytology findings. |
Do not include patients who have a diagnosis consisting only of these terms. |
Year | Description |
---|---|
2006 | New appendix |
Appendix I – Guidelines for Abstracting and Determining Death Certificate Only (DCO) Cases for Provincial/Territorial Cancer Registries (PTCRs) in Canada (for T12 and P18)
Cancer registries have identified access to death information as a critical component for operating a high quality program. There are two main reasons for acquiring this particular data, including:
- Determination of Death Status for Currently Enrolled Cases: Once a registry has enrolled a case of cancer the addition of death information can provide a more complete picture of how cancer has impacted this individual. Death information on a specific case can remove it from active follow up routines and allow registries to perform more accurate and complete survival calculations.
- Case Completeness: To ensure a high level of case completeness a registry typically relies on a variety of methods to ascertain newly diagnosed cancers. One common method is to complete a linkage to vital statistics information regarding cause(s) of death. If an individual is reported with a cancer cause of death and is not found in the registry the case should be followed back to determine if it meets the criteria for cancer registration.
Therefore it is important that PTCRs enter into agreements with Vital Statistics registrars to receive at a minimum all cases for which cancer is listed on any part of the medical certificate of death. In Canada death registration is subject to provincial mandates and includes the completion of a Statement of Death and/or a Medical Certificate of Death. Cancer registries receive death notifications in various formats i.e., hardcopy, electronically, or computer files and at varying intervals for example, monthly, quarterly or annually.
The ideal is to receive notification of all deaths including all causes of death occurring within the province, enabling the registry to perform a comprehensive death clearance. When linked with the registry database this information will result in both matched and non-matched cancer incidence. A death certificate with a reportable tumour listed that does not link to other records in the cancer registry is called a Death Certificate Notification (DCN) and requires further investigation. DCNs include cases in which the underlying cause of death is cancer as well as cases in which cancer is simply mentioned on the death certificate. When additional information is obtained the case should be registered with that year's incidence data. If additional information cannot be obtained, the case is a true Death Certificate Only (DCO) and can be reported as such to the Canadian Cancer Registry (CCR).
Death certificate information is a critical component in the registry certification process operated by the North American Association of Central Cancer Registries (NAACCR). To be eligible for NAACCR certification a PTCR must participate in the NAACCR Call for Data. The data criteria reviewed during this process include: Completeness, passing EDITS, DCO, Interval for Criteria, Timeliness, Duplicate Reports and Missing Data Fields in Sex, Age, County and Race. The DCO certification requirement is less than 5% silver and less than 3% gold.
The CCR and NAACCR accepted formula for calculating the DCO rate is:

Differences exist in the denominator as CCR does not include in situ bladder cancers and NAACCR does.Where cancer cases = all unduplicated invasive cancers + in situ bladder cancers within the diagnosis year for state (provincial) residents. These include all cases identified and abstracted from the death clearance project and all true DCOs. This information is included in the NAACCR Call for Data.
(Source: NAACCR Series II: Calculating the DCO Rate)
1. Definitions
Cause of Death
The causes of death to be entered on the medical certificate of cause of death are all those diseases; morbid conditions or injuries which either resulted in or contributed to death and the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced any such injuries.
(Source: World Health Assembly, Article 23 of the Constitution of the World Health Organization. ICD-9 pg. 763)
Death Certificate Notification (DCN)
Death certificate notification is a cancer death identified from any source including a Vital Statistics Death Registration that could not be linked (electronically or manually) to an existing cancer record.
Death Certificate Only (DCO)
“Death certificate only” means that the only source of information about the case was a death certificate. This category includes deaths where either the Underlying Cause of Death is cancer, or there is any mention of cancer on the death certificate.
(Source: CCR – Report No. 3.2.2. – Input Data Dictionary, page 79. Revised on: 17/06/94.)As of January 1, 2000 mortality information in Canada was captured by Vital Statistics using the ICD-10 classification system.
Follow Back (FB)
Followback is the process of actively searching for additional information on DCNs at the patient and disease level and updating the cancer database as a complete abstract when possible. If additional information cannot be found the case is a true DCO.
Underlying Cause of Death
The underlying cause of death is (a) the disease or injury which initiated the train of events leading directly to death, or (b) the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury.
(Source: World Health Assembly, Article 23 of the Constitution of the World Health Organization. ICD-9 pg. 763)
2. Process
The process for determining a DCO case will vary and should be modified to meet the requirements of the individual PTCRs. PTCRs should match DCNs to their database; those cancer deaths that do not match require further investigation. Processing is required when the decedent was a resident of your province at the time of death, and a reportable cancer is mentioned on the DCN and no record is found in the PTCR database. No further processing is required when the only tumour mentioned on the DCN is a non-reportable tumour, the decedent was a non-resident of your province (forward to province of ownership if agreements are in place) or when a non-cancer death is identified.
The underlying cause of death field is intended to capture a patient's official cause of death. As this variable is important for record linkage purposes and has legal implications, the death information coded and provided to cancer registries from provincial and territorial Vital Statistics offices should not be altered even when cancer registries have more complete or detailed diagnostic information. The only PTCR reported data that may be changed on the CCR patient record because of a confirmation of death are: Date of Death, Province/Country of Death and Death Registration Number.
(Source, CCR – Report No. 3.2.1 – Coding and Reporting Guidelines – December 18, 1995)
A. DCN Match to Provincial/Territorial cancer registry database. (Example: positive match on four variables for example, HIN, Surname, Sex and DOB).
- Determine same primary versus new primary.
- Identify discrepancies between cancer on certificate of death and registry diagnosis codes.
- Update missing or incomplete fields.
An inconclusive Match shows some discrepancies between identifiers in the incidence and death data but the records may belong to the same person. (Example: positive or close match on the four variables for example, HIN positive match, mismatch with surname, sex or DOB.
- Visual verification to determine if it's “close enough” to be judged a match or non-match.
- FB to make a valid determination.
Followback (FB) for new primaries or abstract for additional DCO primaries. Edit and review cases in registry database not microscopically confirmed.
B. DCO. DCN cancer death, Non-match to Provincial/Territorial cancer registry database.
Nonmatched cancer deaths are cleared in a variety of ways, depending on the PTCR's ability to staff a DCO clearance program. Each non-match cancer death must be manually reviewed for reportability and to ascertain where to follow back. Followback sources include facility (chronic care, hospital/nursing home), coroner and attending physician where the death occurred.
Based upon the information received from follow back, the case may be abstracted as:
- FollowBack is recommended by form letter to the institution (Appendix A) where the patient expired and secondly to the informant (Appendix B) who signed the death certificate to obtain additional information.
- Cases that are identified after followback should be added to the appropriate diagnosis year as actual incident records (not DCOs).
- Cases where no additional information is obtained should be reported to the CCR as a DCO.
C. Standard conventions for abstracting DCO cases:
- If FB is not returned from facility/physician, the information from the DCN may be used and the case considered a DCO.
- If a date of diagnosis or an approximate date cannot be established, the case is a DCO and the date of death is used as the date of diagnosis.
- Follow standard coding conventions for site/histology.
- There may be more than one primary noted on the Death Certificate. More than one DCO abstract may be required.
- Code the histology from the Death Certificate, i.e., squamous cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, etc., if available. If “carcinoma” is recorded, code as 8010/3. If “cancer” is recorded, code as 8000/3.
- Code the Primary Site recorded on the Death Certificate, i.e., lung, prostate, breast.
- Melanoma, unknown primary site code to Malignant melanoma of skin, site unspecified (ICD-9 172.9, ICD-10 C43.9).
- Lymphoma, unknown primary site code to Lymph Nodes, NOS (ICD-9 202.8, ICD-10 C85.9).
- Leukemia is always coded to Bone Marrow (1CD-9 208.9, ICD-10 C95.9).
- Watch for primary sites where metastases are common (Lung, Liver, Brain and Bone).
- The death certificate may state “metastatic liver cancer” or “metastatic bone cancer”. If it is unclear if the site recorded is the primary or a metastatic site, code to Unknown Primary Site (ICD-9 199.0, ICD-10 C80.9).
- Stage is always “unknown”.
- Diagnostic confirmation is always “unknown”.
- No treatment is recorded, even if noted on the DCN.
- Include DCO cases in edits.
(Cover letter to Institution)
PTCR
Inside address
To Whom It May Concern
The Registry Name is presently completing the Death Certificate Only (DCO) follow back process for year/s. DCO means that the only source of information about the case was a death certificate. The death certificate identified the decedent as having expired in your facility however the cancer registry has no prior information on this case through its routine data collection. Data collection is legislated by act/privacy act. Enclosed you will find a Registry Form letter for completion, it is important that we collect the initial date and address at time of diagnosis. If, your records do not identify this patient as having cancer please indicate and we will adjust our records accordingly.
By completing the enclosed Registry Form letter we can finalize the information on this patient. Complete information permits the calculation of survival rates on patients diagnosed with cancer, facilitates epidemiological studies and improves the completeness and quality of reported death and other demographic information. Your continued support in improving the quality of data allows us to participate in provincial and national studies and to provide accurate statistics on an ongoing basis to our stakeholders.
If there are any questions or concerns, please do not hesitate to contact me, contact name at facility name and phone number.
Sincerely yours,
Signature
Enclosure
(Cover letter to Informant)
PTCR
Inside address
Dear Insert name here,
The Registry Name is presently completing the Death Certificate Only (DCO) follow back process for year/s. DCO means that the only source of information about the case was a death certificate. The death certificate stated the decedent had cancer, however the cancer registry has no prior information on this case through its routine data collection. Data collection is legislated by act/privacy act. The death certificate identifies you as the last attending physician at time of death for patient name. Enclosed you will find a Registry Form letter for completion, it is important that we collect the initial date and address at time of diagnosis. If, your records do not identify this patient as having cancer please indicate and we will adjust our records accordingly.
By completing the enclosed Registry Form letter we can finalize the information on this patient. Complete information permits the calculation of survival rates on patients diagnosed with cancer, facilitates epidemiological studies and improves the completeness and quality of reported death and other demographic information. Your continued support in improving the quality of data allows us to participate in provincial and national studies and to provide accurate statistics on an ongoing basis to our stakeholders.
If there are any questions or concerns, please do not hesitate to contact me, contact name at facility name and phone number.
Sincerely yours,
Signature
Enclosure
Year | Description |
---|---|
2007 | New appendix |
Appendix J – Interval between two dates (complete or partial)
The following algorithm can be used to assess the number of days between two dates. When both dates are complete, the algorithm returns the exact number of days. When one or both dates are partial, the missing parts of the dates are “derived” and the number of days returned, based on the derived dates. This algorithm cannot be used if one or more dates is totally unknown, i.e. equal to '99999999'. The returned value is always a positive whole number (including zero).
Definitions
Let Date1 and Date2 be the two dates for which the interval must be calculated and where Date1 <= Date2.
Let Y1, M1 and D1 be the year, month and day of date1.
Let Y2, M2 and D2 be the year, month and day of date2.
Let DIFF_DAYS (Date1, Date2) be a function that returns the number of days between date1 and date2.
Date1 is a partial date | Date2 is a partial date |
---|---|
If MONTH is not reported then MONTH is assumed to be '01'. If DAY is not reported then DAY is assumed to be '01'. |
If MONTH is not reported then MONTH is assumed to be '12'. If DAY is not reported then DAY is assumed to be the last day of the reported MONTH (28, 29, 30 or 31). |
Examples
Date1 = 20060627.
Date2 = 20060930.
DIFF_DAYS (20060627, 20060930)
Date1 = 20060699
Date2 = 20070999.
DIFF_DAYS = (20060601, 20070930)
Date1 = 20069999
Date2 = 20079999
DIFF_DAYS = (200601, 20071231)
Year | Description |
---|---|
2008 | New appendix |
Appendix T – Residency guidelines in Canada
To ensure comparability of definitions of cases and the population at risk (numerator and denominator), the Canadian Cancer Registry (CCR) rules for determining residency at time of diagnosis are to be identical or comparable to rules used by the Canadian Census Bureau, whenever possible.
The residence at diagnosis is generally the place of usual residence, as stated by the patient or, as stated by the Census Bureau, ‘the dwelling in Canada where a person lives most of the time'. Residency is their usual place of residence, regardless of where they are when diagnosed. For patients with multiple tumours, the address may be different for each primary tumour.
There are a number of situations for which the process of determining residency is not intuitive, and special guidelines have been created in order to define an individual's usual place of residence. The Data Quality Committee (DQC) for the Canadian Council of Cancer Registries (CCCR) recognizes that some Provincial/Territorial Cancer Registries (PTCRs) are removed from the direct patient contact relationship, and may not have access to the patient or the information to confirm residency. Using the provincial health insurance number (HIN) as a determining factor of residency during initial case abstraction is appropriate. When permanently relocating, the HIN from the previous province of residence is valid for three months. However, if the case is identified as a potential duplicate during a Record Linkage cycle, additional information should be obtained before confirming residency, as it may not be appropriate to default to using province of HIN, as the primary residence.
PTCRs are encouraged to use these guidelines to determine residency for categories of persons for whom residence is not immediately apparent.
- Residence (one residence). The dwelling in Canada where a person lives most of the time.
- Persons with more than one residence. Usual residence rule applies; however, if the time spent at each residence is equal or the abstractor is not sure which one to choose, the residence where the patient was staying on the day cancer was diagnosed should be considered the usual place of residence (see examples below). a) Exception: Consider the residence shared with their family as their usual place of residence, even if they spend most of the year elsewhere.
Commuter workers living away part of the week while working: Consider the residence shared with their family as the usual place of residence, even if they spend most of the year elsewhere. (for example, parents, husbands, wives or common-law partners)
b) Snowbirds: People who live at another residence (city, province or country) with a warmer climate. Residence should be documented as where they live most of the time.
c) Children in joint custody: Residence should be documented as where they live most of the time. If time is equally divided, their residence is documented as where they were staying on the day cancer was diagnosed. - Patients with rural addresses. If the information provides a rural address only, which may be the post office box, record the address as stated, but make every attempt, within your resources, to identify the actual physical place of residence at time of diagnosis.
- Patients with no usual place of residence (i.e. homeless, transient people). Residents who do not have a usual place of residence should be documented as where they were staying on the day cancer was diagnosed.
- Institutional collective dwellings (Collective dwellings that provide care or assistance services). Persons in institutions with no other usual place of residence elsewhere in Canada, or persons who have been in one or more institutions for a continuous period of six months or longer, are to be considered as usual residents of the institution.
Institutional collective dwellings include:
a) Residents of a long-term care facility, a hospital, or a home for the aged.
b) In homes, schools, hospitals, or wards for the physically disabled, mentally challenged, or mentally ill or in drug/alcohol treatment facilities.
c) Inmates of correctional institutions, including prisons, jails, detention centers, or halfway houses.
d) Children in juvenile institutions, such as residential care facilities for neglected or abused children or orphanages.
e) For abused women, or for runaway or neglected youth please see section 6 - Non-institutional collective dwellings. - Non-institutional collective dwellings (Collective dwellings that do not provide care or assistance services). Residence should be documented as their usual residence, if they report one (the place where they live most of the time) or otherwise at the inn, hotel, etc.
Non-institutional collective dwellings include:
a) Inns, hotels, motels and hostels.
b) YMCAs/YWCAs, or public or commercial campgrounds.
c) Military bases.
d) Migrant workers (lumber / mining camps & farms).
e) Members of religious orders in monasteries or convents.
f) Shelters with sleeping facilities for people without housing, for abused women, or for runaway or neglected youth. Residence should be documented as the shelter. - Students. Students who live away from home while attending school, but who return to live with their parents part of the year should consider their place of residence as their parents' home, even if they spend most of the year elsewhere.
- Live-ins:
a) Live-in nannies. Residence should be documented as where they live most of the week.
b) Foster children, boarders or housemates. Residence should be documented as where they are living at time of diagnosis. - Merchant and coast guard vessels. Merchant vessels, coast guard vessels and oil rigs at sea should be documented as their usual onshore residence, if they report one (the place where they live most of the time when they are onshore) or otherwise, at their vessel's homeport.
- Naval vessels. Canadian Forces Naval Vessel residence should be documented as their usual onshore residence, if they report one (the place where they live most of the time when they are onshore) or otherwise, at their vessel's homeport.
- Armed forces. Canadian Armed Forces residence should be documented as their usual place of residence, if they report one, or otherwise, where they are stationed at time of diagnosis.
- Non-permanent residents (foreign citizens). Persons who hold a student or employment authorization, Minister's permit or who were refugee claimants at time of diagnosis, for a continuous period of six months or more.
a) Citizens of foreign countries who have established a household or are part of an established household in Canada while working or studying, including family members with them. Residence should be documented as their household in Canada.
b) Citizens of foreign countries who are living in Canadian embassies, ministries, legations or consulates. Residence should be documented as the embassy.
c) Citizens of foreign countries temporarily traveling or visiting Canada. These cases are not reportable to the Canadian Cancer Registry.
Appendix X – CCR_ID check digit routine
The last digit of the CCR_ID is a check digit, for example, digit calculated from the other CCR_ID digits. The purpose of using a check digit is twofold: it allows the detection of some data corruption and prevents one from creating new IDs too easily. The next routine returns a check digit for a given CCR_ID.
Pseudo code
Let N1 be the first digit of CCR_ID (starting from the left)
Let N2 be the second digit of CCR_ID (starting from the left)
Let N8 be the eighth digit of CCR_ID (starting from the left)
Change the values of N2, N4, N6, N8 according to the following pattern
Initial value | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 |
New value | 0 | 2 | 4 | 6 | 8 | 1 | 3 | 5 | 7 | 9 |
Let REMAINDER be the remainder of ((N1 + N2 + N3 + N4 + N5 + N6 + N7 + N8) / 10)
If REMAINDER = 0 then
Used by
- Data loading – Edit
- Data loading – posting
Appendix Z – References
Collaborative Staging Task Force of the American Joint Committee on Cancer. Collaborative Staging Manual and Coding Instructions, Version 01.04.01. Jointly published by American Joint Committee on Cancer (Chicago, IL) and U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (Bethesda, MD), 2004. NIH Publication Number 04-5496.
http://www.cancerstaging.org/cstage/index.html
Fritz A, Percy C, Jack A, et al (eds): ICD-O: International Classification of Diseases for Oncology, Third Edition. Geneva, World Health Organization, 2000.
SEER Program Coding and Staging Manual 2004, Surveillance, Epidemiology and End Results (SEER) Program, National Cancer Institute, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD. NIH Publication Number 04-5581.
SEER Program Coding and Staging Manual 2007, Surveillance, Epidemiology and End Results (SEER) Program, National Cancer Institute, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD. NIH Publication Number 07-5581.
Johnson CH, Peace S, Adamo P, Fritz A, Percy-Laurry A, Edwards BK. The 2007 Multiple Primary and Histology Coding Rules. National Cancer Institute, Surveillance, Epidemiology and End Results Program. Bethesda, MD, 2007. Revised April 30, 2008
NAACCR Standards for Cancer Registries, Volume II Version 11.3 - Data Standards and Data Dictionary, Thirteenth Edition.
National Cancer Institute Surveillance Epidemiology and End Results training website, American Joint Committee on Cancer. http://www.training.seer.cancer.gov/
module_staging_cancer/unit03_sec03_part00_ajcc.html
CCCR Committee on Data and Quality Management - Clinical Core Data Set - March 2001 version
AJCC Cancer Staging Manual, 6th Edition, American Joint Committee on Cancer (AJCC), 2002
Facility Oncology Registry Data Standards (FORDS), revised for 2007. Published by the American College of Surgeons (ACoS) and the Commission on Cancer (COC), 2007.
Facility Oncology Registry Data Standards (FORDS) manual, revised for 2009. Published by the American College of Surgeons (ACoS) and the Commission on Cancer (COC), 2009.
Footnotes
1.The original set of ISO codes has been expanded to include individual Canadian provinces and territories and other Statistics Canada specific codes.
2. Available upon request.
3.The only source of information about the case was a death certificate. This category includes deaths where either the underlying cause of death (patient record, Field No.17) is cancer, or there is any mention of cancer on the death certificate.
4. Input records that passed successfully through all validation edits, correlation edits and other match edits.
5. Because CS and AJCC TNM data items are fairly new to CCR, it has been temporarily decided that CS and AJCC TNM errors (including fatal errors)will not prevent valid core data items from being loaded on the CCR database
6. See Appendix A – Core reference tables - ICD-9 to ICD-O-2 conversion table for details.
7. See P1 Specific values & meaning.
8. See Appendix X - CCR_ID check digit routine.
9. See P4 Specific values & meaning.
10. See P5 Specific values & meaning.
11. See P10 Specific values & meaning.
12. See Appendix A – Core reference tables.
13. See Appendix – Core reference tables.
14. See P18 Specific values & meaning.
15. See T1 Specific values & meaning.
16. See Appendix X – CCR_ID check digit routine.
17. See T5 Specific values & meaning.
18. See T11 Specific values & meaning.
19. See T13 Specific values & meaning.
20. See T14 Specific values & meaning.
21. See T17 Specific values & meaning.
22. See T19 Specific values & meaning.
23. Eligible ICD-O-3 histology codes do not include ‘0000' since this value should have been converted to a more meaningful value during the Pre-edit processing.
24. See T22 Specific values & meaning.
25. See T23 Specific values & meaning.
26. See T24 Specific values & meaning.
27.See T25 Specific values & meaning.
28. See section 1.1.2.2 – CCR collaborative staging scope.
29. See section 1.1.2.3 – CCR AJCC TNM staging scope.
30. See Appendix C – AJCC TNM concordance tables - Valid AJCC clinical T by site.
31. See Appendix C – AJCC TNM concordance tables - Valid AJCC clinical N by site.
32. See Appendix C – AJCC TNM concordance tables – Valid AJCC clinical M by site.
33. See Appendix C – AJCC TNM concordance tables – Valid AJCC pathologic T by site.
34. See Appendix C – AJCC TNM concordance tables – Valid AJCC pathologic N by site.
35. See Appendix C – AJCC TNM concordance tables – Valid AJCC pathologic M by site.
36. See Appendix C – AJCC TNM concordance tables – Valid AJCC TNM clinical stage group by site.
37. See Appendix C – AJCC TNM concordance tables – Valid AJCC TNM staging group by site.
38. See T51 Specific values & meaning.
39. Collaborative staging data items (T27-T41) and AJCC TNM staging data items (T42-T51) may or may not be reported. See TCOR-18 and TCOR-19 respectively for more details.
40. Already enforced by TVAL15.
41. Impossible to enforce since the code that stands for 'Not Reported' also stands for 'Benign behaviour'.
42. Already enforced by TVAL21.
43. See Appendix A – Core reference tables – ICD-9 to ICD-O-2 conversion table.
44.See Appendix A – Core reference tables – ICD-O-2 to ICD-O-3 conversion table.
45. See Appendix A – Core reference tables – CCR core scope.
46. See Appendix A – Core reference tables – Invalid site and histology combinations.
47. See Appendix A – Core reference tables – Invalid histology and behaviour combinations.
48. See collaborative staging scope in Chapter 1.
49.See Appendix C – AJCC TNM concordance tables – Valid AJCC T, N, M and stage group combination bysite.
50. Thus, unknown or not assessed AJCC clinical/pathologic T, N, M values are excluded.
51. All related patient and tumour records are rejected, but corresponding message is only attached to each conflicting patient record of the family.
52. All related patient and tumour records are rejected, but corresponding message is only attached to each conflicting tumour record of the family.
53. All related patient and tumour records are rejected, but corresponding message is only attached to each erroneous or conflicting patient record of the family.
54. The match with a delete patient transaction is covered by KIM4.
55. All related patient and tumour records are rejected, but corresponding message is only attached to each erroneous or conflicting tumour record of the family.
56. Input record that has neither core fatal errors nor core errors from all previous edits.
57. Method of diagnosis can be 'Autopsy' even when date of diagnosis is before date of death. This is possible since method of diagnosis is not linked to date of diagnosis. See corresponding definitions for more detail.
58. According to cancer staging manual, 6th edition, this value is not a valid stage group for the site.
59. Place holder to keep sub-edit numbering in accordance with the required processing order. See Data Item match edits introduction for more information.
60. Based on the underlying cause of death coding rules, these 2 codes cannot be used.
61. According to cancer staging manual, 6th edition, this value is not a valid stage group for the site. On the other hand, since AJCC TNM stage group is likely to be assigned by a physician rather than derived from any T, N and M values, this value must be accepted.
62. Lymphoma, leukemia or immunoproliferative disease is identified by the following ICD-0-3 codes: 9590-9989 excluding 9731, 9734, 9740, 9750, 9755-9758, 9930.
63. Alphabetic comparison as opposed to numeric comparison is used because TTRN and Health Insurance Number may contain letters.